Metrohm viva 1.1 Manuel d'utilisateur

viva 1.1Online Help8.103.8018EN / 2014-09-22

Table of contents￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭VIII￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.16.9 Calibration data subwindow ... 8116.9.1 Calibra

3.1 Workplace - General￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭88￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.13.1.7.3 Loading a viewDialog window: Workplace / Database / Configuration ▶ View ▶ Loa

8.4 Manual control - Functions￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭988￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Port descriptionDisplay of the port description.PortDisplay of the internal des

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭8 Manual controlviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭989End positionThe position of the stepping motor can be modified manually on this tab;it can be

8.4 Manual control - Functions￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭990￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1AngleThe angle to be moved to.Not visible in cases of stepping motors where Typ

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭8 Manual controlviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭991Input range 0 - 999999 Default value 10 Selection s | minDefault value sStatusDisplay of the

8.4 Manual control - Functions￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭992￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Graphical displayBesides the stepping motor, the assigned digital inputs and ou

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭8 Manual controlviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭993Current PortShows the current port position.PortSelection of the target port to be switched t

8.5 Manual control - Graphical display￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭994￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.18.5 Manual control - Graphical displayProgram part: Manual controlAll

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9 Supportviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9959 Support9.1 How to proceed?9.1.1 Backup9.1.1.1 Backing up a databaseHow to proceed?GeneralThe d

9.1 How to proceed?￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭996￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1 4Click on [Backup] in the Database manager dialog window.The Backup database 'Databa

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9 Supportviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭997 7Activate the Start backup automatically check box. 8Select the directory for the backup in the Bac

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭89Entry 50 characters3.1.7.6 Deleting a viewFunction: Workplace / Database / Configuration ▶ View ▶

9.1 How to proceed?￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭998￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.19.1.1.3 Backing up configuration dataHow to proceed?GeneralThe configuration data is save

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9 Supportviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭999The manual backup is started and the configuration database isbacked up to the selected directory.Ba

9.1 How to proceed?￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1000￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1The restoring of the configuration database is started.viva multi 1Make sure that viva is

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9 Supportviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1001NOTEIf the backup directory is on a network drive, then the date of thebackup should be added to th

9.1 How to proceed?￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1002￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1 3Select the desired Method group. 4Select the desired methods. 5Click on the Edit ▶ Expo

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9 Supportviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭10039.1.2.2 Starting a determination seriesHow to proceed?1Select the Workplace program part. 2Select

9.1 How to proceed?￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1004￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1 6Enter or select desired search terms and search options. 7Click on [Search next].The ne

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9 Supportviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1005NOTEThe quick filter can be applied again within the filtered table, sothat the number of entries c

9.1 How to proceed?￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1006￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1 6Click on [Save].The special filter is saved under the desired name.Using special filter

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9 Supportviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1007 3Select the desired database or enter the name in the Databasename field. 4Click on [Open].The dat

3.2 Workplaces￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭90￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Selection blue | green | ochre | brownDefault value blue3.2.3 Displaying the workplace3.2.3.1

9.1 How to proceed?￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1008￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1The Import determinations window is displayed. 6Select the desired determinations. 7Click

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9 Supportviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1009The selected determinations are deleted along with all determinationversions.9.1.2.8 Making a dete

9.1 How to proceed?￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1010￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1 3Select the desired database or enter the name in the Databasename field.The data sets o

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9 Supportviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1011 7Click on [OK] in the Reprocessing dialog window.Each determination that has been modified by repr

9.1 How to proceed?￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1012￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1the Reprocessing dialog window will be closed. This button is disa-bled for as long as re

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9 Supportviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1013NOTEIf several reports are output simultaneously as a PDF file, then anindex will be automatically

9.1 How to proceed?￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1014￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1 8Click on [OK].The determination overview opens as a PDF file.9.1.3 Databases9.1.3.1 O

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9 Supportviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1015Closing all databases 1Select the Database program part. 2Click on the File ▶ Close all menu item.A

9.1 How to proceed?￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1016￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1 9On the Monitoring tab, define the monitoring of the size and num-ber of data sets.9.1.3

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9 Supportviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1017The Database manager dialog window opens. 3Select the desired database. 4Click on [Properties].The

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭913.2.3.4 Displaying workplaces one above the otherMenu item: Workplace ▶ View ▶ Split horizontallyT

9.1 How to proceed?￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1018￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1 5Select or enter the name for the desired backup file in the Backupname field. 6Under Sa

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9 Supportviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1019The Export configuration data dialog window opens. 3Select the desired configuration data. 4Click o

9.1 How to proceed?￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1020￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.19.1.4.3 Backing up configuration dataHow to proceed?GeneralThe configuration data is sav

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9 Supportviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1021The manual backup is started and the configuration database isbacked up to the selected directory.B

9.1 How to proceed?￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1022￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1The restoring of the configuration database is started.viva multi 1Make sure that viva is

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9 Supportviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1023NOTEA maximum of 9 methods can be opened but only 1 can be dis-played.9.1.5.2 Closing a methodHow

9.1 How to proceed?￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1024￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.19.1.5.4 Saving a methodHow to proceed?Saving a method under the same name 1Click on the

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9 Supportviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1025The selected methods with all their method versions are deleted.NOTELocked methods cannot be delete

9.1 How to proceed?￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1026￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1The Method manager dialog window opens. 3Select the desired method group in the Method gr

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9 Supportviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1027 6Select the desired method that is to be made the current methodversion again. 7Click on [Make cur

3.3 Sample tables￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭92￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1CommentComment on the sample table that was entered on the Comment tab asa comment regarding

9.1 How to proceed?￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1028￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.19.1.5.10 Saving a methodHow to proceed?GeneralMethods are stored in the configuration da

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9 Supportviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1029 3Activate the Automatic backup check box. 4Enter an Interval for backup monitoring or a date for t

9.1 How to proceed?￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1030￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.19.1.6 Method groups9.1.6.1 Creating a method groupHow to proceed?1Select the Method pro

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9 Supportviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1031 4Click on [Delete].The selected method group is deleted. 5Confirm deleting with [OK].9.1.7 Sample

9.1 How to proceed?￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1032￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1 10Click on [Close].The Edit line - Sample table 'New sample table' dialog wind

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9 Supportviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1033The Edit line - Sample table 'New sample table' dialog windowopens. 10Select the Method f

9.1 How to proceed?￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1034￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.19.1.7.4 Editing a working sample tableHow to proceed?1Select the Workplace program part.

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9 Supportviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1035 14Enter a name in the Name field. 15Click on [Save].The working sample table is saved as sample ta

9.1 How to proceed?￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1036￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1 9Select the desired module icon on the module bar and place it on thereport template by

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9 Supportviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1037 7Close the dialog window with [OK]. 8Click on the Tools ▶ Options... menu item in the Report tem-p

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭93Window menus[Edit] contains the following menu items:Edit lineEdit the selected line.Insert new lin

9.1 How to proceed?￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1038￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.19.1.8.3 Printing a determination reportHow to proceed?1Select the Database program part.

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9 Supportviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1039NOTEIf several reports are output simultaneously as a PDF file, then anindex will be automatically

9.2 Troubleshooting￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1040￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1 8Select the Portrait or Landscape option under Orientation. 9Click on [OK].The determina

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9 Supportviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1041Problem Cause RemedyOne or several electrodesare defective.Perform maintenance in accordance with t

9.2 Troubleshooting￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1042￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Problem Cause RemedyThe reference potentialdrifts off.Perform maintenance procedure for t

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9 Supportviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1043Problem Cause Remedy￭ Clean the dosing unit at least every twoweeks.The dosing unit isrecognized ei

9.3 Frequently asked questions￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1044￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.19.3 Frequently asked questionsQuestion AnswerHow often should the dos-ing uni

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9 Supportviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1045Question AnswerThe measuring signal in CuVMS is exceptionally smalland conditioning in CuVMS takes

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1046￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1GlossaryAnalysis volumeIf a sample is diluted, then that part of the dilution volume (see Glossary,page 1051

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭Glossaryviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1047ttotIconstt intervalt measAt intervalU tBtmeasMeasure galvanostati-cally: tmeas ≘ Plating timeMeasu

3.3 Sample tables￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭94￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Print (PDF)...Outputs the sample table as a PDF file.Properties...Edit the properties of the

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1048￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1UeqianicathUttUclUplUstUeqteqtcltsttplUeqEquilibration potential(see Chapter 5.5.2.11.3.4,page 636)teqEquili

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭Glossaryviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1049in this process. The curves recorded in the measuring cycles are saved andcan be evaluated (see Chap

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1050￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1CalibrationWay in which the content of the substances in the sample is determinedfrom their evaluation quant

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭Glossaryviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1051areas are standardized in order to improve the comparability of the mea-suring results obtained. Thi

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1052￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Effective addition volumeIn order to avoid nonlinearities in the calculation of the regression data, aquanti

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭Glossaryviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1053Electrolyte solutionBasic solution consisting of VMS, suppressor and brightener. It is used inelectr

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1054￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1The previously measured intercept solution is exchanged for a (bath) sam-ple spiked with suppressor and the

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭Glossaryviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1055The sample, which contains suppressor and brightener, is added to theintercept solution and measured

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1056￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1RC (Response Curve)The response curve is a standardized calibration curve for electroplatingbath additives w

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭Glossaryviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1057RDE (Rotating Disk Electrode)RDE stands for Rotating Disk Electrode. It is the solid-state workingel

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭95NOTEThe following sample data fields can no longer be edited if they weredefined as Fixed value in

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1058￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Undiluted sample Diluted sample￭ ProcedureUndiluted sample is added to the measur-ing vessel.￭ ProcedureThe

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭Glossaryviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1059Suppressorsee SuppressorSuppressorIn electroplating bath analysis, "suppressor" refers to

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1060￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1VoltammetryMeasurement of current/potential curves recorded on electrodes with asolid material and/or a stat

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭Indexviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1061IndexNumbers/Symbols2-point controllerProperties ... 924089 PhotometerAdjustment

Index￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1062￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1History limit values ... 809Intervention limits ... 809Number of standards ...

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭Indexviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1063CAL LOOP Opt ... 481CAL MEAS Opt ... 484CAL Spec ...

Index￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1064￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1CP ... 639Command variables ... 639Galvanostat ...

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭Indexviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1065General ... 269Navigation bar ... 271Print ... 324, 1

Index￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1066￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Electrolyte solutionTerm ... 1053Emergency stop ... 765Em

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭Indexviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1067HHeater ... 445HEATER ... 444Command va

3.3 Sample tables￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭96￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1NOTEIf a value is entered or imported into this field, then the time of thedata entry and the

Index￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1068￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1General/Hardware ... 546Measuring parameters ... 548Overview ... 545

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭Indexviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1069Overview ... 43Potentiation ... 48Subtraction ...

Index￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1070￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1ReportDefine ... 691Method ... 389Print ...

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭Indexviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1071Sample table ... 92Single determination ... 120Variables ...

Index￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1072￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Start passwordEnter ... 20Set ... 739, 741Starti

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭Indexviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1073Track command ... 576END ... 591ERROR ...

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭97Jump to the first line in the sample table.Jump to the previous line in the sample table.Option of

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭Table of contentsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭IX7.4.7 Properties - GLP ... 86

3.3 Sample tables￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭98￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.13.3.1.5 Duplicating sample dataDialog window: Workplace ▶ Tools ▶ Sample table ▶ Open... ▶ O

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭993.3.1.7 Sample table testDialog window: Workplace ▶ Tools ▶ Sample table ▶ Open... ▶ Open sampleta

3.3 Sample tables￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭100￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.13.3.1.8 Saving a sample tableDialog window: Workplace ▶ Tools ▶ Sample table ▶ Open... ▶ Op

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1013.3.1.9 Printing a sample table (PDF)Dialog window: Workplace ▶ Tools ▶ Sample table ▶ Open... ▶

3.3 Sample tables￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭102￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.13.3.2.2 Properties - DisplayTab: Workplace ▶ Tools ▶ Sample table ▶ Open... ▶ Open sampleta

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭103Remarkon | off (Default value: on)Activating/deactivating the display of the Remark field.Sample d

3.3 Sample tables￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭104￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Sample positionon | off (Default value: on)Activating/deactivating the display of the Sample

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1053.3.2.3 Properties - EditTab: Workplace ▶ Tools ▶ Sample table ▶ Open... ▶ Open sampletable ▶ [Op

3.3 Sample tables￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭106￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1ID4 - ID16on | off (Default value: off)If this check box is activated, then this field will

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭107Options for processing the working sample table in the workplace win-dow on the Determination seri

Table of contents￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭X￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.17.10.5 Properties - Digital outputs ... 9137.10

3.3 Sample tables￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭108￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.13.3.2.5 Properties - Data importTab: Workplace ▶ Tools ▶ Sample table ▶ Open... ▶ Open samp

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭109Confirmation necessary to accept data during determinationon | off (Default value: off)If this che

3.3 Sample tables￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭110￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.13.3.2.6 Properties - CommentTab: Workplace ▶ Tools ▶ Sample table ▶ Open... ▶ Open sampleta

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭111CommentComment on the sample table that was entered on the Comment tab asa comment regarding the s

3.3 Sample tables￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭112￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.13.3.3.4 Deleting a sample tableMenu item: Workplace ▶ Tools ▶ Sample table ▶ Manager... ▶ S

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1133.4 Sample assignment table3.4.1 Sample assignment tableDialog window: Workplace ▶ Tools ▶ Sampl

3.4 Sample assignment table￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭114￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.13.4.2 Sample assignmentDialog window: Workplace ▶ Tools ▶ Sample assignment table

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1153.5 Text templates3.5.1 List of text templatesDialog window: Workplace ▶ Tools ▶ Create and edit

3.6 Run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭116￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.13.6 Run subwindow3.6.1 Run - GeneralSubwindow: Workplace ▶ RunRun subwindowThe Run subwind

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭117The Run test - 'Workplace name' - Single determination dialog win-dow, in which informat

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1 Introductionviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭11 Introduction1.1 Welcome to vivaIntroductionvivaviva is a control and database software for VA

3.6 Run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭118￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.13.6.3 Single determination3.6.3.1 Single determination - OverviewTab: Workplace ▶ Run ▶ Si

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭119Interrupt runThe button is enabled (dark gray) in the status BUSY (determination isrunning). The b

3.6 Run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭120￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Sample numberThe sample number is set to 0 for all workplaces at the time of each pro-gram s

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭121NOTEIf a method is changed and saved in the method editor or during repro-cessing, then the latest

3.6 Run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭122￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Sample typeSelection of sample type.Selection Sample | Standard | InterceptDefault value Sam

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭123Analytical volumeVolume portion (aliquot) of the diluted sample's dilution volume used forthe

3.6 Run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭124￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1￭ Method selection without assignment IDThe method selected in the Method field is loaded.￭

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭125￭ Checking sample dataCheck whether the sample data entered corresponds to the methodvariables def

3.6 Run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭126￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1￭ DisplayDefinition of the columns that are to be displayed on the Singledetermination tab.￭

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭127Arrangement ID1...16NOTEThe Sample amount and Sample amount unit fields are alwaysshown next to ea

1.2 Operation￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Overview of the most important information concerning pro-cess analysis instruments￭ Process analy

3.6 Run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭128￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.13.6.3.8.4 Properties - ProcessTab: Workplace ▶ Run ▶ Single determination ▶ Properties Run

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭129Selection Instrument nameSelection Always accept data | Accept data only foractive windowDefault v

3.6 Run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭130￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1 Start series (shortcut: Ctrl G)Start of the first determination of a sample series. The but

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭131 Interrupt seriesWith this button, the ongoing determination of a sample series will still becarri

3.6 Run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭132￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.13.6.4.4 Determination series - Determination parametersTab: Workplace ▶ Run ▶ Determination

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭133NOTEThe second field after Autostart can also be modified live when aseries is in progress. The co

3.6 Run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭134￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1ToolbarSaves the sample table.Outputs the sample table as a PDF file.Resets lines that have

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭135Duplicate Duplicates the selected line(s). The new lines are inserted below the selectedrange.Mark

3.6 Run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭136￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.13.6.4.6 Changing a remarkDialog window: Workplace ▶ Run ▶ Single determination ▶ Live modif

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭137￭ Instrument (module) and rack checkCheck whether the instruments (or instrument types), instrumen

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1 Introductionviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭31.3 Device integrationIntroductionThe following instruments can be operated with viva:￭ 894 Prof

3.6 Run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭138￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1￭ Processing a series start trackThe Series start track is started at the beginning of the f

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1393.6.4.8.2 Loading a sample tableDialog window: Workplace ▶ Run ▶ Determination series ▶ [Sampleta

3.6 Run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭140￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.13.6.4.8.3 Editing sample data Dialog window: Workplace ▶ Run ▶ Determination series ▶ [Edit

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭141NOTEThe following sample data fields can no longer be edited if they weredefined as Fixed value in

3.6 Run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭142￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1NOTEIf a value is entered or imported into this field, then the time of thedata entry and th

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭143Jump to the first line in the working sample table.Jump to the previous line in the working sample

3.6 Run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭144￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.13.6.4.8.4 Duplicating sample dataDialog window: Workplace ▶ Tools ▶ Sample table ▶ Open...

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1453.6.4.8.6 Sample table testDialog window: Workplace ▶ Tools ▶ Sample table ▶ Open... ▶ Open sampl

3.6 Run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭146￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.13.6.4.8.7 Saving a sample tableDialog window: Workplace ▶ Tools ▶ Sample table ▶ Open... ▶

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1473.6.4.8.8 Printing a sample table (PDF)Dialog window: Workplace ▶ Tools ▶ Sample table ▶ Open...

1.5 Database￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.11.5 DatabaseIntroductionviva is based on an object-oriented database that has proven itself inprac

3.6 Run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭148￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.13.6.4.9.2 Properties - DisplayTab: Workplace ▶ Tools ▶ Sample table ▶ Open... ▶ Open sample

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭149Remarkon | off (Default value: on)Activating/deactivating the display of the Remark field.Sample d

3.6 Run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭150￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Sample positionon | off (Default value: on)Activating/deactivating the display of the Sample

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1513.6.4.9.3 Properties - EditTab: Workplace ▶ Tools ▶ Sample table ▶ Open... ▶ Open sampletable ▶ [

3.6 Run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭152￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1ID4 - ID16on | off (Default value: off)If this check box is activated, then this field will

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭153Options for processing the working sample table in the workplace win-dow on the Determination seri

3.6 Run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭154￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.13.6.4.9.5 Properties - Data importTab: Workplace ▶ Tools ▶ Sample table ▶ Open... ▶ Open sa

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭155Confirmation necessary to accept data during determinationon | off (Default value: off)If this che

3.7 Method subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭156￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.13.6.4.9.6 Properties - CommentTab: Workplace ▶ Tools ▶ Sample table ▶ Open... ▶ Open sam

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭157Active commands (commands in the status BUSY) are highlighted by aviolet frame.ZoomBy default, the

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1 Introductionviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭51.6 CommunicationIntroductionviva is communicative. Data generated in viva can be exported in XM

3.7 Method subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭158￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1NOTEIf an active SEQUENCE command is canceled, then only the singlecommand that is curren

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭159Live modificationsThe specified live parameters can be modified live on the Evaluation tab.The mod

3.8 Live display subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭160￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1￭ Application noteShows the application note defined in the START command.￭ Message

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭161Context menuQuitCanceling the active command of the track.Live display #Setting the properties of

3.8 Live display subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭162￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1The label of the tab changes to red as soon as a new message has beenentered. The l

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭163MEAS OptSelection Time | Measured value | Intensity | Transmis-sion | Saturated pixels | Temperatu

3.8 Live display subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭164￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Measured value 3Selection of the measured value for measured value display 2. The m

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭165CVSSelection Current | Potential | Time | Time to finish | Cur-rent measuring rangeDefault value P

3.8 Live display subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭166￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1CPSelection Current | Potential | Time | Time to finish | Potential measuring range

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭167CPVSSelection Current | Potential | Time | Time to finish | Cur-rent measuring range | offDefault

1.8 Versions￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1￭ Password protection under viva or Windows (see Chapter 6.2.2, page741)￭ Documentation of all meth

3.9 Curves subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭168￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1BackgroundSelection of the color for the curve background.Selection Color selection | whi

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1693.9.1.2.2 Measurement curveSubwindow: Workplace ▶ Curves #Displaying the measurement curveThe fol

3.9 Curves subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭170￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1RepReplication number.Area / HeightPeak areas or peak heights of all replications of a CA

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1713.9.1.2.3 Calibration curveSubwindow: Workplace ▶ Curves #Calibration curve displayThe following

3.9 Curves subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭172￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1ASDAbsolute standard deviation of the substance concentration in the sample.RSDRelative s

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭173Calibration curve tableThe table below the calibration curve shows a list of the calibration point

3.9 Curves subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭174￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Selection CVS | CPVS | CP | MEAS Ref | MEAS Spec | MEAS Opt | CAL Spec | MEAS TMF | MEAS

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭175decimalThe axis is labeled in the decimal format ±##.### (floating-point num-ber).scientificThe ax

3.9 Curves subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭176￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1CPVSSelection Current [A] | Potential [V] | Time [s] | Currentmeasuring range [A]Default

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭177End valueEnd value for scaling the y1 axis.Editable only when autoscaling is disabled.Input range

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1 Introductionviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭76.4.2DevicetableLink to another help topic that contains informationabout the marked term.Method

3.9 Curves subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭178￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1OrientationOrientation of the peak label.Input range 0 - 90 °Default value 0 °Line displa

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭179Selection black | 13 colorsDefault value blackLine thicknessLine thickness of the measurement curv

3.9 Curves subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭180￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.13.9.2.2.3 Curve properties VA measuring command - y2 AxisTab: Workplace / Database ▶ Cur

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭181Manual scalingon | off (Default value: off)If this check box is activated, then the y2 axis can be

3.9 Curves subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭182￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Show spikesSymbolSelection of the symbol for the display of spikes.Selection ● | ╳ | ✸ |

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭183Line thicknessLine thickness of the measurement curve for Intercept/VMS/Electrolyte.Input range 1

3.9 Curves subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭184￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Base lineon | off (Default value: on)If this check box is activated, then the baseline an

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1853.9.2.3 Curve properties measuring commands3.9.2.3.1 Curve properties measuring commands - x axi

3.9 Curves subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭186￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Selection 50 characters | autoDefault value autoManual scalingStart valueInitial value fo

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭187MEAS TSelection Time | dT/dt | TemperatureDefault value TemperatureFor CAL SpecSelection Wavelengt

1.10 What is new in viva?￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭8￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.11.10 What is new in viva?Introduction1.10.1 New featuresGeneral￭ Sample type Interce

3.9 Curves subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭188￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1MEAS TSelection 13 colors | dark blueDefault value dark blueSymbolSelection of the symbol

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭189Also show original curveon | off (Default value: off)If this check box is activated, then the orig

3.9 Curves subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭190￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1For MEAS TMFSelection Time [s] | Measured value [mAU] | Transmis-sion [%] | Temperature [

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭191MEAS TSelection 13 colors | magentaDefault value magenta3.9.2.3.4 Curve properties measuring comm

3.9 Curves subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭192￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Show evaluation lineson | off (Default value: off)If this check box is activated, then th

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1933.10 Report subwindow3.10.1 Report - GeneralSubwindow: Workplace ▶ ReportReport subwindowThe rep

3.10 Report subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭194￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1DateMoment of the compilation of the report, together with date, time andtime zone (UTC

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1954 Database4.1 Database - General4.1.1 Database - DefinitionProgram part: DatabaseDefinitionThe t

4.1 Database - General￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭196￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1￭ Database-specific menu bar.￭ Database-specific toolbar.￭ Main window, in which up to

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭197ExitExits the program.1 'File name'Opens the selected database (see Chapter 4.2.1, page 2

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1 Introductionviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9￭ Call command CALL ELECTROLYTECommand for calling a VA track. The data acquired in the called VA

4.1 Database - General￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭198￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.14.1.3.5 Database - Determinations menuProgram part: DatabaseComment... Enter a comment

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭199DeleteDeletes the selected determinations (see Chapter 4.5.2.9, page 324).4.1.3.6 Database - Tools

4.1 Database - General￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭200￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Logs out user (see Chapter 2.2.2, page 19).Copies the selected lines in the determinati

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭201Shows all versions of the focused determination in the determination table (seeChapter 4.5.2.13, pa

4.1 Database - General￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭202￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1If you change the view of the subwindows, these changes will remain ineffect when the d

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭203￭ Changing the layoutDefining the number, arrangement and sequence of the subwindowsfor the current

4.1 Database - General￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭204￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Available subwindowsDisplay of the subwindows that are still available for being displa

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2054.1.7.4 Saving a viewDialog window: Workplace / Database / Configuration ▶ View ▶ Saveview... ▶ Sa

4.2 Database display￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭206￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.14.2 Database display4.2.1 Opening a databaseDialog window: Database ▶ File ▶ Open... ▶

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭207Entry 50 characters[Open]Opens the selected database and shows its data records in the determina-ti

1.10 What is new in viva?￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭10￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1￭ Templates for output linesVarious signal patterns for the output lines are predefin

4.2 Database display￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭208￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1A menu with the names of all the cur-rently opened databases is displayed byclicking on t

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2094.3 Managing databases4.3.1 Managing databasesDialog window: Database ▶ File ▶ Database manager..

4.3 Managing databases￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭210￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1[Properties]Opens the Database manager window for editing the database selectedin the t

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭211NOTEThe database name must be unique in the entire client/server system.4.3.4 Deleting a databaseM

4.3 Managing databases￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭212￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1CreatedShows the date and time when the database was created.Created byShows the user (

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2134.3.5.4 Database properties - BackupTab: Database ▶ File ▶ Database manager... ▶ Database manager

4.3 Managing databases￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭214￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1NOTEMake sure that you have read and write permission for the selecteddirectory.4.3.5.5

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2154.3.6 Backing up a database manuallyDialog window: Database ▶ File ▶ Database manager... ▶ Databas

4.3 Managing databases￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭216￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.14.3.7 Restoring a databaseDialog window: Database ▶ File ▶ Database manager... ▶ Datab

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭217NOTEExisting databases cannot be overwritten, i.e., they must first be deletedso that the database

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1 Introductionviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭11￭ Curves subwindow / Calibration curveThe calibration curve window has been redesigned with a cl

4.4 Templates￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭218￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Delete...Deletes the selected report template(s) (see Chapter 4.4.1.1.4, page 218).Export...Expo

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2194.4.1.1.6 Importing report templatesDialog window: Database ▶ Tools ▶ Report templates ▶ Manager..

4.4 Templates￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭220￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1SavedDate and time when the report template was saved.Saved byShort name of the user who saved t

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2214.4.1.4.1.2 Report template - User interfaceProgram window: Database ▶ Report template - 'Nam

4.4 Templates￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭222￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Page preview Page preview of the report template with the data of the selected determination(see

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2234.4.1.4.1.3.5 Report template - Insert menuDialog window: Database ▶ Tools ▶ Report templates ▶ Op

4.4 Templates￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭224￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Selection of the zoom level (see Chapter 4.4.1.4.2.7, page 231).Activates/deactivates the grid d

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭225If this option is enabled, then group fields can be inserted in the report tem-plate (see Chapter 4

4.4 Templates￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭226￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.14.4.1.4.2.2 Report template - Page setupProgram window: Report template - 'Name' ▶ Fi

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭227Page marginsTopUpper page margin.Input range 0.0 - 499.0 mmDefault value 15.0 mmBottomLower page ma

1.10 What is new in viva?￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭12￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1￭ Evaluation startIf calibration points for the calculation of a calibration curve&ap

4.4 Templates￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭228￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.14.4.1.4.2.3 Report template - Defining sectionsProgram window: Report template - 'Name&apo

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2294.4.1.4.2.4 Report template - Inserting pagesMenu item: Report template - 'Name' ▶ Inser

4.4 Templates￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭230￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1￭ HeaderText, data, date, time, page number, number of pages, image, line,rectangle￭ Report sect

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭231 When one of these cursor icons appears, the selected modules can bereduced or enlarged, respecti

4.4 Templates￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭232￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Select the required zoom factor for displaying the report preview; range25% to 400% in increment

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭233Report template commentComment on the report template shown in the list of report templates.Entry 1

4.4 Templates￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭234￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Selection Arial | Windows fontsDefault value Arial4.4.1.4.2.11 Report template - SavingDialog w

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭235[Save]Saves the report template under the required name.4.4.1.4.3 Report template - Modules4.4.1.4

4.4 Templates￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭236￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Bold.Italic.Underlined.Left-justified.Centered.Right-justified.Activates/deactivates line break

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭237Y pos.Y position within the permitted range.Input range 0.0000 - (max. page height) mmWidthWidth of

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭1 Introductionviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭13Database program part￭ Volume entry with formulaIf the volume is entered by way of a formula in

4.4 Templates￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭238￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Fills the field with dots.PrefixText placed before the contents of the data field.Entry 50 chara

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭239WidthWidth of date field.Input range 0.0000 - (max. page width) mmHeightHeight of date field.Input

4.4 Templates￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭240￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1SuffixText placed after the contents of the date field.Entry 50 charactersPreviewShows the forma

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭241Color selection.Bold.Italic.Underlined.Left-justified.Centered.Right-justified.Fills the field with

4.4 Templates￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭242￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1InsertingIn order to insert a page number field into a report template, the corre-sponding icon

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭243Left-justified.Centered.Right-justified.Fills the field with dots.PrefixText placed before the cont

4.4 Templates￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭244￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Input range 0.0000 - (max. page height) mmWidthWidth of the field.HeightHeight of the field.Inpu

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭245SuffixText placed after the contents of the field.Entry 50 charactersPreviewShows the formatted num

4.4 Templates￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭246￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Selection Evaluation parameters - General | Evaluationparameters - Calibration | Evaluation para

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭247NOTEThe following fields, which do not permit page break controls, cannotbe inserted into a group f

1.10 What is new in viva?￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭14￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Configuration program part￭ Sorting the"Colorimetric sensors" tableThe rows

4.4 Templates￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭248￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1InsertingIn order to insert a result table in a report template the correspondingicon must be se

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭249SubstanceSelection list with all electroactive species identified with the selectedmeasuring comman

4.4 Templates￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭250￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Properties - Graphics fieldX pos.X position within the permitted range.Input range 0.0000 - (max

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭251InsertingIn order to insert a line into a report template, the corresponding iconmust be selected o

4.4 Templates￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭252￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.14.4.1.4.3.12 Report template - RectangleProgram window: Database ▶ Tools ▶ Report templates ▶ N

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭253Activates/deactivates the fill color.Selection of the fill color.4.4.1.4.3.13 Report template - Cu

4.4 Templates￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭254￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Command typeSelection of the command type for which a curve is to be output.Selection CVS | CPVS

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭255￭ y1 axisParameters for the graphical display of the curve on the y1 axis (left-hand y axis).￭ y2 a

4.4 Templates￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭256￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Font size in pt.Color selection.Command nameEntry of the command name for which the calibration

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭257Selection Line types | dottedDefault value dottedGrid colorSelection of the color for the grid line

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭152 General program functions2.1 Program parts2.1.1 Program partsGeneral program f

4.4 Templates￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭258￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1[Properties]Opens the Properties - Control chart - 'Name' dialog window, inwhich the p

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭259Selection RS01 | RS02 | RS03 | RS04 | RS05 | RS06 | RS07 | RS08 | RS09 | RS10 | RS11 | RS12 | RS13

4.4 Templates￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭260￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Lower limitLower warning limit.Entry 10 digitsInput range -1.0E8 - 1.0E8 (max. 10 digits) Upper

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭261Draw in standard deviationon | off (Default value: on)If this check box is activated, then the two

4.4 Templates￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭262￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Functions[New]Create a new export template. The Export template 'New file' dialogwindo

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭263Selection *.vdet (viva format) | *.csv (Comma Separa-ted) | *.slk (SLK format) | *.xml (XML format)

4.4 Templates￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭264￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1NOTEThe options can only be set for the *.csv (Comma Separated) and*.csv (Measuring point list)

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2654.4.3.2.2 Export template - Selecting fieldsDialog window: Database ▶ Tools ▶ Templates ▶ Export t

4.4 Templates￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭266￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Field separatorSelection of the field separator.Selection ; | , | TABDefault value ;Record separ

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭267File nameEntry of the name under which the export file is to be saved in the Targetdirectory. Both

2.1 Program parts￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭16￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Manual program part￭ Manual control of instrumentsNOTEAccess to the individual program parts

4.4 Templates￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭268￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1+ <Determination> Determination data+ <Method> Method data+ <Sample> Sample da

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2694.5 Determination overview4.5.1 Determination overview - General4.5.1.1 Determination overview -

4.5 Determination overview￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭270￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1￭ Double-clicking on the margin between column titlesSets the optimal column width.

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭271Changes the sequence of the displayed columns by moving the selectedcolumn upwards.Changes the sequ

4.5 Determination overview￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭272￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Shows the selected set of #### - #### determinations in the table. If thetable is n

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭273[Alt] [→]Jump to first record of next set.It is not possible to show more than 200 determinations a

4.5 Determination overview￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭274￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1￭ Sending determinations to￭ Exporting determinations￭ Importing determinations￭ Re

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2754.5.2.3 Searching for determinationsDialog window: Database ▶ Determinations ▶ Search... ▶ Search

4.5 Determination overview￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭276￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1out of limitsValues that are outside of the defined limit values for the selected f

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭277for fields of the type = dateEntry all possible date valuesDefinition of a date as search term. The

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭17same time. The upper left corner of the symbol contains a black field dis-playing t

4.5 Determination overview￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭278￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.14.5.2.4 Filtering determinations4.5.2.4.1 Filtering determinations - OverviewSubw

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2794.5.2.4.4 Determinations - Special filterDialog window: Database ▶ Determinations ▶ Filter ▶ Speci

4.5 Determination overview￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭280￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Edit lineOpens the Edit filter criterion dialog window, in which the filter conditi

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2814.5.2.4.7 Determinations - Editing the filter criterionDialog window: Database ▶ Determinations ▶

4.5 Determination overview￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭282￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1for fields of the type = numberSelection = | <> | < | <= | > | >=

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭283for fields of the type = date and operator = todayInput range -9,999 - 9,999 Default value 0 Defini

4.5 Determination overview￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭284￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.14.5.2.5.2 Reprocessing - WindowDialog window: ReprocessSubwindowsThe Reprocess dia

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭285This button is disabled for as long as recalculation has not yet been trig-gered and if not all the

4.5 Determination overview￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭286￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1￭ MonitoringIf the method contains monitoring of variables, then the correspondingm

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭287￭ Recalculating determinations with calibration method DT orRC– Determinations of the sample type S

Metrohm AGCH-9100 HerisauSwitzerlandPhone +41 71 353 85 85Fax +41 71 353 89 [email protected] 1.1Online Help8.103.8018EN / 2014-09

2.2 Login / password protection￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭18￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1ElementsThe user interface of the Configuration program part comprises the fol-

4.5 Determination overview￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭288￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1￭ Recalculating determinations with calibration method LAT– Determinations of the s

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2894.5.2.5.4.2 Modifications - MethodTab: Database ▶ Determination overview ▶ Determinations ▶ Repro-

4.5 Determination overview￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭290￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.14.5.2.5.4.3 Modifications - VariablesTab: Database ▶ Determination overview ▶ Dete

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭291ValueValue of the variable. For variables of the type Date/Time, the date hasto be entered in the (

4.5 Determination overview￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭292￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Jump to the next determination.Jump to the last determination.4.5.2.5.5.2 Result v

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭293ZoomCurves can be zoomed as often as required by spanning an area of thecurve display from the top

4.5 Determination overview￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭294￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Displayon | off (Default value: on)Indicates whether a measurement curve is display

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭295￭ Evaluation ratio (line) for calibration method DT￭ Effective addition volume (numerical value) fo

4.5 Determination overview￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭296￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Regression dataFunctionFunction that was applied for the calculation of the calibra

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭297VarVariation number.RepReplication number.Peak potentialPeak potential determined.AreaPeak area det

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭19￭ A login with user name and password is required each time theprogram is started.￭

4.5 Determination overview￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭298￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.14.5.2.5.5.2.2 Measuring commands curve displayTabsIn the curve window a tab with t

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭299NOTENo measuring point lists can be displayed for curves that have beengenerated with a voltammetry

4.5 Determination overview￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭300￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Numerical formatSelection of the numerical format for the labeling of the x axis.Se

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭301CVSSelection Current [A] | Potential [V] | Time [s] | Currentmeasuring range [A]Default value Curre

4.5 Determination overview￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭302￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Start valueInitial value for scaling the y1 axis.Editable only when autoscaling is

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭303Peak labelon | off (Default value: on)If this check box is activated, then the substance name will

4.5 Determination overview￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭304￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Line thicknessLine thickness of the measurement curve for sample solutions.Input ra

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭305Input range 1 - 10 pixelsDefault value 1 pixelsCurve properties VA measuring command - y2 AxisTab:

4.5 Determination overview￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭306￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Manual scalingon | off (Default value: off)If this check box is activated, then the

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭307Show spikesSymbolSelection of the symbol for the display of spikes.Selection ● | ╳ | ✸ | ￭ | ▲ | no

2.2 Login / password protection￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭20￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1[Cancel]The login is canceled and the program is terminated.2.2.3 Logging out

4.5 Determination overview￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭308￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Line thicknessLine thickness of the measurement curve for Intercept/VMS/Electrolyte

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭309Base lineon | off (Default value: on)If this check box is activated, then the baseline and base poi

4.5 Determination overview￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭310￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.14.5.2.5.5.2.4.3 Curve properties measuring commandsCurve properties measuring comm

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭311Selection 50 characters | autoDefault value autoManual scalingStart valueInitial value for scaling

4.5 Determination overview￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭312￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1MEAS TSelection Time | dT/dt | TemperatureDefault value TemperatureFor CAL SpecSele

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭313MEAS TSelection 13 colors | dark blueDefault value dark blueSymbolSelection of the symbol for the d

4.5 Determination overview￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭314￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Also show original curveon | off (Default value: off)If this check box is activated

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭315For MEAS TMFSelection Time [s] | Measured value [mAU] | Transmis-sion [%] | Temperature [°C] | dε/d

4.5 Determination overview￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭316￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1MEAS TSelection 13 colors | magentaDefault value magentaCurve properties measuring

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭317Show evaluation lineson | off (Default value: off)If this check box is activated, then the evaluati

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭21NOTEThe password always needs to be changed before the Passwordsexpire every period

4.5 Determination overview￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭318￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.14.5.2.5.5.3 Result view - Results overviewTab: Database ▶ Determination overview ▶

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭319For Calibration method = DT and Sample type = Standard, the fol-lowing results will be displayed fo

4.5 Determination overview￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭320￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1'Command name','Substance name'.Concentration.RSDRelative stand

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3214.5.2.5.5.5 Result view - User-defined resultsTab: Database ▶ Determination overview ▶ Determinati

4.5 Determination overview￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭322￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1File nameName under which the export file of a determination is to be saved asan at

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭323All filtered data recordsAll the determinations from the determination table as a whole thatcorresp

4.5 Determination overview￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭324￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.14.5.2.9 Deleting determinationsMenu item: Database ▶ Determinations ▶ DeleteThe se

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭325[OK]The determination table is produced in the required format as a PDF fileand opened directly wit

4.5 Determination overview￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭326￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1PDF fileon | off (Default value: off)If this check box is activated, then the repor

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭327Saving a method[Save as...]With this button, the determination method can be saved in a methodgroup

2.3 Formula editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭22￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1￭ DescriptionDescription of the selected variables, operators or functions.2.3.1 Input fiel

4.5 Determination overview￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭328￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Calibration curve for CAL LOOP OptIn the Calibration curve/Calibration data dialog

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭329a tooltip. The sorting and, for the first and last point, the date and timeare shown as the legend.

4.6 Curves subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭330￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.14.6 Curves subwindow4.6.1 Curve display4.6.1.1 Curve display - GeneralSubwindow: Datab

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭331ZoomCurves can be zoomed as often as required by spanning an area of thecurve display from the top

4.6 Curves subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭332￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Displayon | off (Default value: on)Indicates whether a measurement curve is displayed in

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭333￭ Effective addition volume (numerical value) for calibration method DT￭ Substance concentration in

4.6 Curves subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭334￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Regression dataFunctionFunction that was applied for the calculation of the calibration c

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭335VarVariation number.RepReplication number.Peak potentialPeak potential determined.AreaPeak area det

4.6 Curves subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭336￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1mouse to the upper left-hand corner or with the context-sensitive Showall menu command.NO

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3374.6.2 Curve properties4.6.2.1 Curve properties - General parametersDialog window: Database / Work

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭232.3.2 Calculation algorithmsDialog window: Formula editorNumerical formatThe IEEE

4.6 Curves subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭338￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1LabelFreely definable axis label for the x axis. If auto is selected, then the desig-nati

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3394.6.2.2.2 Curve properties VA measuring command - y1 AxisTab: Workplace / Database ▶ Curves # ▶ Pr

4.6 Curves subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭340￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Manual scalingon | off (Default value: off)If this check box is activated, then the y1 ax

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭341Show spikesSymbolSelection of the symbol for the display of spikes.Selection ● | ╳ | ✸ | ￭ | ▲ | no

4.6 Curves subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭342￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Line thicknessLine thickness of the measurement curve for Intercept/VMS/Electrolyte.Input

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭343Base lineon | off (Default value: on)If this check box is activated, then the baseline and base poi

4.6 Curves subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭344￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Numerical formatSelection of the numerical format for the labeling of the y2 axis.Selecti

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭345SymbolSelection of the symbol for the display of the individual measuring points.Selection ● | ╳ |

4.6 Curves subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭346￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Line thicknessLine thickness of the measurement curve for conditioning.Input range 1 - 10

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭347CVS, CPVSSelection orange | 13 colorsDefault value orangeCPSelection green | 13 colorsDefault value

2.3 Formula editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭24￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1the basis of the IEEE 754 standard means that the decimal numeralsresulting from this have 1

4.6 Curves subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭348￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Grid colorSelection of the color for the grid lines.Selection 13 colors | grayDefault val

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭349For CAL SpecSelection Wavelength [nm] | Intensity [Counts] | Satura-ted pixelsDefault value Wavelen

4.6 Curves subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭350￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1For MEAS RefSelection Wavelength [nm] | Intensity [Counts] | Inten-sity Dark [Counts] | T

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭351Editable only when autoscaling is disabled.Input range -1.00E+12 - +1.00E+12 Default value -1.00E+1

4.6 Curves subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭352￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1MEAS TSelection 13 colors | dark blueDefault value dark blueSmoothingon | off (Default va

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭353For MEAS SpecSelection Wavelength [nm] | Absorbance [mAU] | Inten-sity [Counts] | Intensity Dark [C

4.6 Curves subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭354￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1MEAS TSelection 13 colors | magentaDefault value magentaSymbolSelection of the symbol for

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭355Grid colorSelection of the color for the grid lines.Selection 13 colors | grayDefault value grayBac

4.7 Subwindow Information￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭356￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.14.6.2.3.5 Curve properties measuring commands - Measuring point listTab: Workplace

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭357￭ ConfigurationShows general information about the devices, sensors and commonvariables used.￭ Mess

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭25Name Syntax DescriptionCommand varia-bles'Command name'.'Variablenam

4.7 Subwindow Information￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭358￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Selection regular without remarks | regular withremarks | stop | stop by errorregula

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭359Program version:Shows the program version and build number of viva with which thedetermination was

4.7 Subwindow Information￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭360￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Method name:Name of the method.Method group:Name of the method group to which the me

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3614.7.4 Information - SampleTab: Database ▶ Information ▶ SampleShows general information about the

4.7 Subwindow Information￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭362￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1NOTEIf a different name has been defined for the method variables assignedto the sam

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭363Swing Head type:Type of Swing Head connected to the tower.Swing Head serial number:Serial number of

4.7 Subwindow Information￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭364￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Cylinder volume:Cylinder volume of the dosing unit.Cylinder serial number:Serial num

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭365Global variable 'Variable name'Information about the global variable used.Value:Value and

4.8 Results subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭366￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.14.7.7 Information - Determination commentTab: Database ▶ Information ▶ Determination co

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭367ASDAbsolute standard deviation of the concentration of a substance in thesample.RSDRelative standar

2.3 Formula editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭26￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Variation refers to a measurement after modification of the measuringsolution, e.g., after a

4.8 Results subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭368￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Formulaon | off (Default value: on)Shows the formula with which the concentration of a s

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭369Variableson | off (Default value: off)Shows the variables used in the formula.NOTEVariables that ha

4.8 Results subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭370￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.14.8.5 Results - PropertiesDialog window Database ▶ View ▶ Properties ▶ Properties Resul

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4 Databaseviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭371Assignmenton | off (Default value: on)Shows the assignment.Formulaon | off (Default value: on)Shows

5.1 Method - General￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭372￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15 Method5.1 Method - General5.1.1 Method - DefinitionProgram part: MethodDefinitionIn

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭373Clicking on the method symbol in the vertical bar on the left opens theMethod program part; the datab

5.1 Method - General￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭374￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1CloseCloses the selected method (see Chapter 5.2.8, page 390).Method checkChecks the sele

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3755.1.3.4 Method - View menuProgram part: MethodSplit vertically Splits the method window vertically a

5.1 Method - General￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭376￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Output of the method report as PDF file (see Chapter 5.2.7, page 389).Checks the selected

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3775.1.5 Method - SubwindowProgram part: MethodDisplayThe following two subwindows are displayed in the

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭272.3.3.2 Sample data variablesDialog window: Formula editor ▶ VariablesSample data

5.2 Method editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭378￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.2 Method editor5.2.1 New methodMenu item: Method ▶ File ▶ New...The symbol or the File

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭379NameName of the method.SavedDate and time when the method was saved.UserShort name of the user who sa

5.2 Method editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭380￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.2.3 Selecting a methodThe number of currently opened methods is displayed in the left upp

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3815.2.3.3 Displaying methods below each otherMenu item: Method ▶ View ▶ Split horizontallyTwo methods

5.2 Method editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭382￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.2.4.1.1 Inserting a new trackMenu item: Method ▶ Insert ▶ New track...The symbol or the

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭383Moving a track via the clipboardTo move a track via the clipboard, the track has to be cut first. You

5.2 Method editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭384￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1￭ VoltammetryCPCPVSCVS￭ CallCALLCALL CONDCALL ELECTROLYTECALL INTERCEPTCALL VACALL VMS￭ Meas

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭385￭ CommunicationCTRLRECEIVESCANSENDTRANSFER￭ MiscellaneousLOOPREQUESTSEQUENCEWAIT￭ Process analysisANA

5.2 Method editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭386￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Moving commands via the clipboardTo move commands via the clipboard they have to be cut firs

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭387NOTEFor many command parameters with numerical input, a formula canalso be entered instead of the par

TeachwareMetrohm AGCH-9100 [email protected] documentation is protected by copyright. All rights reserved.Although all the information

2.3 Formula editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭28￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Identifica-tionDescription Data typeSample posi-tion.OVFExceeding limit for Sample position

5.2 Method editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭388￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1A respective error message is displayed for each error found. The checkhas to be started aga

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭389Method commentComment on the method entered as (see Chapter 5.2.4.2.9, page 387) inthe START command.

5.2 Method editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭390￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Method sequenceOutput of the method run in graphical format.Method parametersOutput of all p

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3915.3 Managing methods5.3.1 Managing methodsDialog window: Method ▶ File ▶ Method manager... ▶ Method

5.3 Managing methods￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭392￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Method commentComment on the method entered as Command comment in the STARTcommand.Window

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭393NOTEThe method name must be unique in the entire client/server system.Renaming a method is not regard

5.3 Managing methods￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭394￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1NOTEThe exported methods are stored uncoded but with a checksum. If afile stored in this

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭395Rename imported method 'Name' toEntry of the new method name.Entry 50 charactersNOTEThe met

5.4 Method groups￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭396￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.4 Method groups5.4.1 Managing method groups Dialog window: Method ▶ File ▶ Method groups

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3975.4.2 Editing method groups5.4.2.1 Method groups - PropertiesDialog window: Method ▶ File ▶ Method

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭29Sample data variablesIdentifica-tionDescription Data typeVAL Value of the sample da

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭398￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1User groupNames of the user groups.Executeon | off (Default value: on)Permission to s

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭399DisplayThe individual tracks are arranged next to one another in the method win-dow. The track name a

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭400￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1NOTENo voltammetry commands (see Chapter 5.5.2.11.1, page 606) can beinserted in a ma

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭401NOTENo voltammetry commands can be inserted in a normal track (seeChapter 5.5.2.11.1, page 606).5.5.1

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭402￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1NOTEOnly the following commands can be inserted in a VA track: Voltam-metry commands

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭403The series end track is executed in the run only once at the end of the lastdetermination of a series

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭404￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1NOTENo voltammetry commands (see Chapter 5.5.2.11.1, page 606) can beinserted in an e

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭405NOTENo voltammetry commands (see Chapter 5.5.2.11.1, page 606) can beinserted in an error track.5.5.1

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭406￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1￭ Command typeThe command type defines the function of the command. The designa-tion

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4075.5.2.1.2 Editing commandsSubwindow: MethodThe following processing functions for commands are avail

2.3 Formula editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭30￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Identifica-tionDescription Data typeDilution vol-ume.OVFExceeding limit for Dilution volume

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭408￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1￭ CALL VACalling VA tracks.￭ CALL VMSCalling VA tracks for calculating the VMS value.

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭409￭ MOVEMoves to a rack position or an external position.￭ PORTChanging the port position on a multi-po

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭410￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1￭ WAITStops the method run.5.5.2.2 Call commands5.5.2.2.1 Call commands - OverviewM

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭411Command variablesThe following command variables are generated by the command CALLin the method run a

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭412￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1NOTEA maximum of 10 calls can be entered.[Properties]Opens the Call - 'Call text

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭413Conditionon | off (Default value: off)Expression for the condition(s) that can be created or edited w

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭414￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Identification DescriptionFIN Command status:1 = Command has ended at least once0 = C

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4155.5.2.2.4 CALL VMS5.5.2.2.4.1 CALL VMS - OverviewDialog window: Method ▶ CALL VMS ▶ Properties... ▶

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭416￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.5.2.2.4.2 CALL VMS - PropertiesDialog window: Method ▶ CALL VMS ▶ Properties... ▶

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭417AppearanceThe command has the following appearance:NOTEOnly one CALL INTERCEPT may be present in a me

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭31NOTEIn the case of variables with the index {x}, the required number 1 - 9must be e

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭418￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.5.2.2.5.2 CALL INTERCEPT - PropertiesDialog window: Method ▶ CALL INTERCEPT ▶ Prop

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭419ParametersThe parameters for the command CALL COND are set in the followingdialog window:￭ CALL CONDC

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭420￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Entry 25 charactersCall textFreely editable text for the designation of the call; the

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭421generated at the moment of the last two executions of the VA track calledby CALL COND.A standard devi

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭422￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Cancel commandThe running command CALL COND is canceled, afterwards the nextcommand i

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭423Conditionon | off (Default value: off)If this check box is activated, the defined action will be trig

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭424￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1ParametersThe parameters for the CALL ELECTROLYTE command are set in the fol-lowing d

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭425Track nameSelection of the VA track to be called up. All of the VA tracks available inthe method are

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭426￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.5.2.3.2 MOVE5.5.2.3.2.1 MOVE - OverviewDialog window: Method ▶ MOVE ▶ Properties.

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭427Identification DescriptionRPO Current rack position (entry when exiting the com-mand); 0 means '

2.3 Formula editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭32￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Identifica-tionDescription CommandsCYL Cylinder volume of the exchange or dosing unit used f

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭428￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1TargetTowerSelection of the tower on the sample changer for moving to the requiredpos

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭429Move angleThis parameter specifies the angle by which the sample rack is to be rota-ted relative to i

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭430￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Shift directionSelection of the shift direction.Selection auto | + | –Default value a

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭431Command variablesThe following command variables are generated by the SWING commandin the method run

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭432￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1If the not defined option is selected in the Device name field, all instru-ment types

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭433Swing angleAngle by which the robotic arm is to be swung relative to the currentposition. This parame

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭434￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Identification DescriptionBSY Command status; 1 = BUSY, HOLD or ERROR; 0 =READY; inva

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭435Selection 814 USB Sample Processor | 815 Robotic USBSample Processor XL | 858.0010 ProfessionalSample

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭436￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.5.2.3.5 PUMP5.5.2.3.5.1 PUMP - OverviewDialog window: Method ▶ PUMP ▶ Properties.

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4375.5.2.3.5.2 PUMP - PropertiesDialog window: Method ▶ PUMP ▶ Properties... ▶ PUMP - 'Command nam

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭33Identifica-tionDescription CommandsFP{x}.MEA Measured value for the fixed point x (

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭438￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Pump(s)Selection of the pumps that are to be actuated. These can be installed orconne

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4395.5.2.3.6 STIR5.5.2.3.6.1 STIR - OverviewDialog window: Method ▶ STIR ▶ Properties... ▶ STIR - &apo

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭440￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.5.2.3.6.2 STIR - PropertiesDialog window: Method ▶ STIR ▶ Properties... ▶ STIR - &

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭441814, 815, 858, 919Selection 1 | 2 | 3Default value 1089Selection 1 | offDefault value 1Stirrer typeSh

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭442￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Action894Selection Switch on | Switch off | DurationDefault value DurationSwitch onSw

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭443Identification DescriptionBSY Command status; 1 = BUSY, HOLD or ERROR; 0 =READY; invalid (variable no

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭444￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Selection 814 USB Sample Processor | 815 Robotic USBSample Processor XL | 858.0010 Pr

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭445Command variablesThe following command variables are generated by the HEATER com-mand in the method r

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭446￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Selection 089 PhotometerDefault value 089 PhotometerHeaterTarget temperatureTemperatu

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭447Command variablesThe following command variables are generated by the RLS DEV com-mand in the method

2.3 Formula editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭34￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Identifica-tionDescription CommandsLP.EXx External value x (1 - 3) for the last measuring po

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭448￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Selection 814 USB Sample Processor | 815 Robotic USBSample Processor XL | 858.0010 Pr

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭449ParametersThe parameters for the ADD AUX command are configured in the follow-ing dialog window:￭ ADD

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭450￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1or if the working life of the solution is to be checked at the start of themethod.Ent

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭451Only editable for Addition = Add manually, otherwise disabled (includ-ing text input field).Selection

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭452￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.5.2.4.3 ADD STD5.5.2.4.3.1 ADD STD - OverviewDialog window: Method ▶ ADD STD ▶ Pr

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4535.5.2.4.3.2 ADD STD - PropertiesDialog window: Method ▶ ADD STD ▶ Properties... ▶ ADD STD - 'Co

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭454￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Selection Add manually | Already added | Add with dos-ing deviceDefault value Add man

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭455CAUTIONThe maximum permitted dosing rate of 4 mL/min may not be exceededfor capillaries with a diamet

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭456￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Identification DescriptionCYL Cylinder volume of the dosing unit used for the com-man

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭457NOTEIf the sample is to be added with a dosing device, then it is mandatorythat either the Sample amo

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭35Identifica-tionDescription CommandsMTE Temperature measurement with sensor; 1 = on,

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭458￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Dosing rateRate (volume per time unit) of expulsion. The maximum rate depends onthe c

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭459Command variablesThe following command variables are generated by the command ADDSAMPLE DT in the met

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭460￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Addition volume #Size of the individual volume of sample that is to be dosed in. The

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭461Dosing unitSelection of the dosing unit with which the sample solution is to be dosedin.Selection &ap

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭462￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1NOTEVolumes dosed into the measuring cell with the LQH command are nottaken into acco

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭463Identification DescriptionFIN Command status:1 = Command has ended at least once0 = Command has not y

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭464￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Selection 846 Dosing Interface | 814 USB Sample Pro-cessor | 815 Robotic USB Sample P

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4655.5.2.4.6.3 LQH - ParametersTab: Method ▶ LQH ▶ Properties... ▶ ParametersCommand nameName of the co

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭466￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Change portWith Change port, only a single turn of the spigot takes place at thespeci

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭467DosingInput range 0.00000 - 99,999.9 mLDefault value 10.0000 mLAspirateInput range 0.00000 - 50.0 mLD

2.3 Formula editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭36￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Identifica-tionDescription CommandsSTY Type of stop with which the command was stopped: 1 =

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭468￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1ParametersThe parameters for the PREP command are configured in the followingdialog w

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭469not definedIn this case, the device name must be assigned by the user at the startof the method.Devic

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭470￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1'Name of the dosing unit'Alphabetically organized selection of the names of

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭471Identification DescriptionBSY Command status; 1 = BUSY, HOLD or ERROR; 0 =READY; invalid (variable no

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭472￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Selection 846 Dosing Interface | 814 USB Sample Pro-cessor | 815 Robotic USB Sample P

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4735.5.2.4.9 RLS DOS5.5.2.4.9.1 RLS DOS - OverviewDialog window: Method ▶ RLS DOS ▶ Properties... ▶ RL

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭474￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.5.2.4.9.2 RLS DOS - PropertiesDialog window: Method ▶ RLS DOS ▶ Properties... ▶ RL

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭475846, 894Selection 1 | 2 | 3 | 4Default value 1814, 815, 858, 919Selection 1 | 2 | 3Default value 1089

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭476￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Command variablesThe following command variables are generated by the command SETTOTA

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭477Commands￭ CAL SpecMeasuring command for wavelength calibration.￭ CAL LOOP OptLoop command for the cal

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭37You can select the method variables directly in the formula editor underVariables ▶

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭478￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Identification DescriptionBSY Command status; 1 = BUSY, HOLD or ERROR; 0 =READY; inva

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭479DeviceDevice nameSelection of a device from those available in the device table. Only deviceswith whi

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭480￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.5.2.5.2.4 CAL Spec - Calibration wavelengthsTab: Method ▶ CAL Spec ▶ Properties...

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭4815.5.2.5.3 CAL LOOP Opt5.5.2.5.3.1 CAL LOOP Opt - OverviewDialog window: Method ▶ CAL LOOP Opt ▶ Pro

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭482￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Command variablesThe following command variables are generated by the CAL LOOP Optcom

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭483StandardsUnit conc.Selection of the concentration unit for the standards.Selection mol/L | mmol/L | µ

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭484￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Selection Linear regression | Quadratic regression | cubic | automaticDefault value L

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭485Command variablesThe following command variables are generated by the CAL MEAS Optcommand in the meth

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭486￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Identification DescriptionLP.TRN Transmission of the last measuring point in the mea-

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭487SensorColorimetric sensorSelection of a colorimetric sensor from the table of colorimetric sensors.Th

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭Table of contentsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭IIITable of contents1 Introduction 11.1 Welcome to viva ...

2.3 Formula editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭38￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Available result variablesIdentification Description DatatypeAMOUNT Mass, amount or volume o

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭488￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Switch off automaticallyon | off (Default value: on)If this check box is activated, t

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭489Input range 0 - 100 pixelsDefault value 0 pixelsParameters for the 089 PhotometerBlank valueValue by

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭490￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Signal driftThe measured value is only accepted if the signal drift defined here hasb

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭491Measurement without drift controlIf the Measurement without drift control option has been selected,th

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭492￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.5.2.6 Communication commands5.5.2.6.1 Communication commands - OverviewMenu item:

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭493Command variablesThe following command variables are generated by the CTRL commandin the method run a

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭494￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Selection 894 Professional CVS | 846 Dosing Interface | 814 USB Sample Processor | 81

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭495Output 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0Bit 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0Example: Control of the 843

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭496￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1ParametersThe parameters for the SCAN command are configured in the followingdialog w

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭497Device typeDisplay or selection of the instrument type. If an instrument is selected inthe Device nam

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭39Identification Description DatatypeCONCM.ASD Absolute standard deviation of the sub

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭498￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Signal patternSelection of a signal pattern predefined in the Configuration programpa

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭499ParametersThe parameters for the SEND command are configured in the followingdialog window:￭ SEND - P

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭500￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1[Properties]Opens the Send event message dialog window for editing the eventmessage s

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭501Receiver Selection EventmessageMeaningSystem - Stop Stop determination and series. This correspondsto

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭502￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1ParametersThe parameters for the RECEIVE command are configured in the follow-ing dia

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭503NOTEA maximum of 10 event messages can be entered.[Properties]Opens the dialog window Wait for event/

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭504￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Event messageSelection of the event message to be waited for, or of the status to bew

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5055.5.2.6.6 TRANSFER5.5.2.6.6.1 TRANSFER - OverviewDialog window: Method ▶ TRANSFER ▶ Properties... ▶

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭506￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Entry 25 charactersDeviceDevice nameSelection of a device from those available in the

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭507[Properties]Opens the Transfer command dialog window for editing the transfercommand selected in the

2.3 Formula editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭40￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Identification Description DatatypeSTART Start base point, where the baseline of the peak ev

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭508￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1PollThe character string (optional) defined in Command is sent to theinstrument and a

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭509ComparisonEntry of a character string that is to be compared with the incoming dataof the actions Rea

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭510￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1NOTEIn order to be able to save the received data in a variable, an openingbracket an

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭511ParametersThe parameters for the MEAS Ref command are set on the followingtabs:￭ General/HardwarePara

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭512￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Selection 'Device name' | not definedDefault value not definednot definedIn

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭513Input range 1 - 10,000 Default value 10 SmoothingNumber of neighboring pixels with which the value fo

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭514￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Identifica-tionDescriptionBSY Command status; 1 = BUSY, HOLD or ERROR; 0 =READY; inva

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭515DeviceDevice nameSelection of a device from those available in the device table. Only deviceswith whi

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭516￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Input range 0.01 - 600,000 msDefault value 6 msAveraged spectraThe number of spectra

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭517End wavelengthUpper limit of the spectrum.Input range 100.0 - 2,000.0 nmDefault value 1,000.0 nm5.5.2

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭41SyntaxSingle result:￭ 'RS.Result name'Multiple result:￭ 'RS.Command

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭518￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Identification DescriptionBP{#}.[MEA] Measured value for the break point (1 - 9) in t

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭519Identification DescriptionLP.CAx Calculated value × (1 - 3) for the last measuring pointin the measur

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭520￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.5.2.7.4.2 MEAS Opt - General/HardwareTab: Method ▶ MEAS Opt ▶ Properties... ▶ MEAS

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭521offThe temperature will not be measured. The temperature entered man-ually under Temperature on the M

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭522￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Blank valueValue by which the measured quantity (absorbance) is corrected. Here anexp

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭523Measurement with drift controlThe measurement is carried out drift-controlled if this option isselect

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭524￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1the drift will be calculated automatically according to the following for-mula:Input

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭525089 PhotometerInput range 0.25 - 999,999.00 s (Increment: 0.25)Default value 2.0 sStop measured value

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭526￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Moves the selected line upward (modifies sequence).Moves the selected line downward (

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭527Break point evaluationBreak point evaluationon | off (Default value: off)If this check box is activat

2.3 Formula editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭42￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Available system variablesDesignation Description Data typeACC Autostart actual counter Numb

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭528￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Window = TimeInput range 0 - 999,999 sDefault value 0 sUpper limitMeasured value for

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭529[Delete]Deletes the calculated measured value selected in the table.Additional external measured valu

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭530￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.5.2.7.5 MEAS Opt Conc5.5.2.7.5.1 MEAS Opt Conc - OverviewDialog window: Method ▶

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭531Identifica-tionDescriptionBSY Command status:1 = BUSY, HOLD or ERROR0 = READYinvalid (variable not av

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭532￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Identifica-tionDescriptionSTY Type of stop with which the command was stopped: 1 =fin

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭533Selection 'Name of the colorimetric sensor' | empty or'first list entry'Default v

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭534￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.5.2.7.5.3 MEAS Opt Conc - Measuring parametersTab: Method ▶ MEAS Opt Conc ▶ Proper

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭535Input range 0 - 100 pixelsDefault value 0 pixelsTab for the 089 PhotometerBlank valueValue by which t

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭536￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1NOTEA constant measured value is often only reached after a certain time, asmixing an

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭537089 PhotometerInput range 0.25 - 999,999.00 s (Increment: 0.25)Default value 2.0 sStop measured value

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭432.3.3.11 Global variablesDialog window: Formula editor ▶ VariablesGlobal variables

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭538￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1TemperatureThis section is displayed only when Device type = 089 Photometer.Temperatu

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭539Additional external measured valuesAdditional external measured valueson | off (Default value: off)If

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭540￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1￭ General/HardwareParameters for instrument.￭ Measuring parametersParameters for sett

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭541Identifica-tionDescriptionMTE Temperature measurement with sensor; 1 = on, 0 =off)NMP Number of measu

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭542￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1SensorTemperature measurementType of temperature measurementSelection continuous | of

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭543MeasurementTwo types of measurement can be selected, Measurement with driftcontrol or Measurement wit

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭544￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Input range 0 - 999,999 sDefault value 0 sMax. waiting timeIf the signal drift has no

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭545Stop measured valueStop when the entered measured value has been reached since the startof the measur

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭546￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Command variablesThe following command variables are generated by the command MEAST i

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭547DeviceDevice nameSelection of a device from those available in the device table. Only deviceswith whi

2.3 Formula editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭44￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Operators FunctionsComparison:￭ Equal to (=)￭ Greater than (>)￭ Greater than or equal to

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭548￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.5.2.7.7.3 MEAS T - Measuring parametersTab: Method ▶ MEAS T ▶ Properties... ▶ Meas

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭549Input range 0.1 - 600.0 s (Increment: 0.1)Default value 1.0 sSignal driftThe measurement is canceled

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭550￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Measuring intervalTime interval for entering a measuring point in the measuring point

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭551UnitUnit of the calculated measured value.Selection 'empty' | ppm | % | g/L | mg/L | mg/mL

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭552￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Entry 250 charactersDefault value 'empty'5.5.2.8 Process analysis commands

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭553￭ The timer function can be used to set an output to active for a certaintime after a start delay.Aft

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭554￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1DeviceDevice nameSelection of a device from those available in the device table. Only

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭555TableThe actuation of one digital output is parameterized in each line of theDigital outputs table.Th

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭556￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1FunctionActionSelection On | Off | Timer | Set default valueDefault value TimerOnSets

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭557ParametersParameter 1The meaning of Parameter 1 depends on the Type set for the digitaloutput.For Typ

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭45Operand1 Operand2 Result Example RemarkText Text Text "Metrohm" + "A

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭558￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Mode of operationAt the time of the command, the statuses of all of the digital input

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭559DeviceDevice nameSelection of a device from those available in the device table. Only deviceswith whi

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭560￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1NOTEThe run time is also interrupted if the method is stopped with [HOLD].Conditionon

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭561￭ Analog outputsCommand variablesThe following command variables are generated by the ANALOG OUTcomma

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭562￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1not definedIn this case, the device name must be assigned by the user at the startof

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5635.5.2.8.4.4 ANALOG OUT - Analog output #Dialog window: Method ▶ ANALOG OUT ▶ Properties... ▶ ANALOG

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭564￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Mode of operationAt the time of the command, the statuses of all of the analog inputs

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5655.5.2.8.5.2 ANALOG IN - GeneralTab: Method ▶ ANALOG IN ▶ Properties... ▶ ANALOG IN - 'Commandna

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭566￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Input range 0 - 9,999.9 Default value 0 Selection min | sDefault value minNOTEThe run

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭567ParametersThe parameters for the CONTROL command are configured in the fol-lowing dialog window:￭ CON

2.3 Formula editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭46￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Operand1 Operand2 Result Example RemarkOperands of a different type: The operand which does

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭568￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1DeviceDevice nameSelection of a device from those available in the device table. Only

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭569This parameter is not displayed when Controller type = Direct control-ler.ActionSelection of the cont

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭570￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1￭ Stepping motorsCommand variablesThe following command variables are generated by th

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭571NOTEIf the not defined option is selected, then no ports can be selected inthe Stepping motors tab, b

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭572￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1[Delete]Deletes the selected line.5.5.2.8.7.4 STEPPING MOTOR - Stepping motor#Dialog

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭573AngleAngle that is to be traveled.Only visible for a stepping motor of the Type = Rotary drive.Input

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭574￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.5.2.8.8 PORT5.5.2.8.8.1 PORT - OverviewDialog window: Method ▶ PORT ▶ Properties.

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5755.5.2.8.8.2 PORT - PropertiesDialog window: Method ▶ PORT ▶ Properties... ▶ PORT - 'Command nam

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭576￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1descendingThe valve moves towards the target port in descending direction.automaticTh

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭577ParametersThe parameters for the START command are set on the following threetabs:￭ GeneralGeneral se

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭47Operand1 Operand2 Result Example RemarkTime Number Number Time(1999;10;7) * 2.0 = 7

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭578￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Identification DescriptionID2.OVF Exceeding limit for 'ID2' (Number orDate/

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭579Current viewIf this option is enabled, then the view selected on the workplaceremains open when the d

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭580￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.5.2.9.2.3 START - Application noteTab: Method ▶ START ▶ Properties... ▶ START - &a

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭581[Properties]Opens the Sample data variable - 'Name' dialog window, where thesample data var

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭582￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Fixed valueon | off (Default value: off)If this check box is activated, the sample da

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭583CommentFreely selectable comment on the sample data variables.Entry 1,000 charactersVariable monitori

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭584￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1text field (see Chapter 2.4.2, page 78). The formula editor can also beopened within

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭585Selection Cancel determination | Cancel determinationand seriesDefault value Cancel determinationCanc

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭586￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Delete old dataon | off (Default value: off)If this check box is activated, then the

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭587Live displayon | off (Default value: on)If this check box is activated, then the track will be displa

Table of contents￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭IV￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.12.5 E-mail ...

2.3 Formula editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭48￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.12.3.4.2.5 PotentiationDialog window: Formula editor ▶ Operators/FunctionsSyntaxOperand1 ^ O

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭588￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1ParametersCommand nameName of the command.Entry 1 - 25 charactersDefault value Series

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭589ParametersCommand nameName of the command.Entry 1 - 25 charactersDefault value Series end trackLive d

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭590￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1ParametersCommand nameName of the command.Entry 1 - 25 charactersDefault value Exit t

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭591ParametersCommand nameName of the command.Entry 1 - 25 charactersDefault value Error trackLive displa

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭592￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1ParametersThe END command has no parameters. It is generated automatically atthe end

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭593Command variablesThe following command variables are generated by the commandREQUEST in the method ru

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭594￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1ID1 - ID16on | off (Default value: off)If a check box is activated, then the respecti

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭595Dilution volumeon | off (Default value: off)If this check box is activated, then the Dilution volume

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭596￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1NOTEIf the sample identifications are still invalid at the start of the methodand are

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭597Input range -1E+99 - 1E+99 (max. 10 places) mLDefault value 'empty' mLNOTESample data can a

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭49Operand1 Operand2 Result1 1 10 1 01 0 00 0 0ExamplesOper-and1Oper-and2Result Exampl

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭598￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1In the case of Repeat loops, the loop command stands at the end of theloop. If a stop

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭599then the next command after the loop will be executed. If no stop crite-rion is fulfilled (Case 1), t

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭600￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Identification DescriptionSTY Type of stop with which the LOOP command wasstopped:0 =

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭601Selection min | sDefault value minNOTEThe run time is also stopped if the method is interrupted with

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭602￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1filled (evaluation of the formula yields the result 1 = true), then the loopwill be c

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6035.5.2.10.4.2 WAIT - PropertiesDialog window: Method ▶ WAIT ▶ Properties... ▶ WAIT - 'Command na

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭604￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Record messageon | off (Default value: off)If this check box is activated, then the m

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭605Identification DescriptionBSY Command status:1 = BUSY, HOLD or ERROR0 = READYinvalid (variable not av

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭606￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1CopyCopies the commands selected in the table to the clipboard.CutDeletes the command

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭607at a constant potential sweep rate. The current I is measured as a functionof the potential U in this

2.3 Formula editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭50￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.12.3.4.3.2 ORDialog window: Formula editor ▶ Operators/FunctionsSyntaxOperand1 OR Operand2Th

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭608￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1 4Waiting time 1Idle until the period defined in the Waiting time 1 parameter hasexpi

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭609Post-treatment 1Cleaning potentialCleaning potential is applied to the electrodes. 2Cleaning timeIdle

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭610￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Identification DescriptionELT Variable for electrode test:0 = Electrode test has not

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭611Identification DescriptionPOT Peak potentialAREA Peak areaHGT Peak heightSTART Start base point, wher

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭612￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Identification DescriptionPOT Peak potentialAREA Peak areaHGT Peak heightSTART Start

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭613Identification DescriptionSUBST Substance namePOT Peak potentialAREA Peak areaHGT Peak heightSTART St

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭614￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Identification DescriptionSUBST Substance namePOT Peak potentialAREA Peak areaHGT Pea

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭615Identification DescriptionHGT.RSD Relative standard deviation of the peak heights of allreplicationsH

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭616￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Sensors/ElectrodesWorking electrodeSelection of an electrode of the Working electrode

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭617StirrerStirring rateNumber of revolutions per minute of the stirrer.Input range 0 - 3000 min⁻¹ (Incre

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭51Operand1 Operand2 Result Example RemarkNumber Time Number 2.0 OR Time(1999;10;7) --

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭618￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Potential 2Potential that is applied to the electrodes during the Waiting time 2.This

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭619Start potentialStart potential for the sweep.Input range –5.00 - 5.00 V (Increment: 0.001)Default val

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭620￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Calculation: Potential step / Sweep rateSweep ratePotential sweep rate for the sweep.

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6215.5.2.11.2.5 CVS - Post-treatmentTab: Method ▶ CVS ▶ Properties... ▶ Post-treatmentCommand nameName

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭622￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.5.2.11.2.6 CVS - PotentiostatTab: Method ▶ CVS ▶ Properties... ▶ PotentiostatComma

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭623AppearanceThe command has the following appearance:PrincipleIn the CPVS measuring mode (Cyclic Pulse

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭624￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Pretreatment 1Stirrer onThe stirrer is switched on with the defined Stirring rate. 2S

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭625SweepThe following steps are repeated with the specified number of preparationcycles and measuring cy

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭626￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1 11Stripping potential 4Stripping potential 4 is applied to the electrodes. 12Strippi

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭627Command variablesThe following command variables are generated by the command CPVSin the method run a

2.3 Formula editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭52￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Oper-and1Oper-and2Result Example RemarkText Number Number "Metrohm" = 1.2 --> 0

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭628￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Result variables if called by CALL VMSThe following result variables are generated in

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭629Result variables if called by CALL INTERCEPTThe following result variables are generated in the metho

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭630￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Result variables if called by CALL ELECTROLYTEThe following result variables are gene

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭631Result variables if called by CALL VAThe following result variables are generated in the method run w

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭632￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Identification DescriptionAREA.MNVDELTADifference between the mean value of the peaka

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭633Device typeDisplay or selection of the instrument type. If an instrument is selected inthe Device nam

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭634￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Auxiliary electrodeStandard electrode of the Auxiliary electrode type, which cannot b

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭635Selection offDefault value offWaiting time 1Waiting time during which the Potential 1 potential is ap

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭636￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.5.2.11.3.4 CPVS - SweepTab: Method ▶ CPVS ▶ Properties... ▶ SweepCommand nameName

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭637[New]Opens the Stripping dialog window, in which the stripping potential andthe stripping time of a p

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭53Oper-and1Oper-and2Result Example RemarkOperands of a different type:Number Text Num

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭638￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Calculation: (Preparation cycles + Measuring cycles) × (Equilibrationtime + Plating t

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭639Minimum rangeLimitation of the lowest current measuring range.Selection 200 pA | 2 nA | 20 nA | 200 n

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭640￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1PrincipleIn the CP measuring mode with the option Measure galvanostatically(see Gloss

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭641Pretreatment 1Stirrer onThe stirrer is switched on with the defined Stirring rate. 2Stirring timeIdle

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭642￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1 2Plating timeIdle until the period defined in the Plating time parameter hasexpired.

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭643Command variablesThe following command variables are generated by the command CP inthe method run and

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭644￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.5.2.11.4.2 CP - General/HardwareTab: Method ▶ CP ▶ Properties... ▶ General/Hardwar

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭645Reference electrodeSelection of an electrode of the Reference electrode type from the elec-trodes ava

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭646￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.5.2.11.4.3 CP - PretreatmentTab: Method ▶ CP ▶ Properties... ▶ PretreatmentCommand

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭647Input range 0.0 - 9,999.9 s (Increment: 0.1)Default value 0.0 sPotential 3Potential that is applied t

2.3 Formula editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭54￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Oper-and1Oper-and2Result Example RemarkTime Time Number Time(1998;04;06) >=Time(1964;02;0

5.5 Method run subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭648￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Measuring intervalMeasuring interval for data recording during plating or during the

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭649Standby potentialStandby potentialThe standby potential is applied to the electrodes after completion

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭650￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.6 Evaluation subwindow5.6.1 Evaluation - GeneralEvaluation subwindowDefinition is

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6515.6.2 Evaluation - General5.6.2.1 General - GeneralSubwindow section: Method ▶ Evaluation ▶ General

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭652￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1NOTEThe parameter Reversed peaks is disabled in the CP command,because there is no pe

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭653Sweep directionSelection of the cyclic voltammogram's sweep direction, whose associatedmeasuring

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭654￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1CP/CPVSInput range 0.000 - 3,600.000 s (Increment: 0.001)Selection Last measuring poi

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6555.6.3 Evaluation - Substances5.6.3.1 Substances - GeneralSubwindow section: Method ▶ Evaluation ▶ S

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭656￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1ActiveDisplay as to whether the evaluation for this substance is active or notactive.

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭657Modifies the sequence of shown substances by moving the selected linedownward.Edit menuNew...Selects

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭55Oper-and1Oper-and2Result Example RemarkText Text Number "Metrohm" < &q

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭658￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1CPVSSelection Plating | Stripping 1 | Stripping 2 | Stripping 3Default value Strippin

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭659Min. measured quantityMinimum measured quantity for the assignment of a peak to a substance.The measu

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭660￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Option of entering the desired line number to which the program jumpswhen [Enter] is

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭661Modifies the sequence of shown substances by moving the selected linedownward.Edit menuProperties...E

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭662￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1ManualIf this option is selected, then the base points can be specified man-ually for

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭663Navigation bar for changing the displayed substances with the followingfunctions:Jump to the first su

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭664￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.6.4.2 Standards - StandardsTab: Method ▶ Evaluation ▶ Standards ▶ StandardsTableTh

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6655.6.4.3 Editing the standardDialog window: Method ▶ Evaluation ▶ Standards ▶ Standards ▶ [Edit] ▶ Ne

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭666￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Jump to a new, empty standard, at which time the column number isincreased by +1. Alt

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭667MLATMLAT (Modified Linear Approximation Technique) is the default calibra-tion method for the determi

2.3 Formula editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭56￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Oper-and1Oper-and2Result Example RemarkNumber Number Number 5 <= 4 --> 04 <= 5 --&g

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭668￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1SubstanceName of the substance. Substances can neither be added nor deletedhere, this

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭669Calibration method RCSubstanceName of the substance. Substances can neither be added nor deletedhere,

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭670￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.6.5.4 LAT/MLAT calibration curve propertiesDialog window: Method ▶ Evaluation - Ca

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭671Jump to the previous substance. Altered data is adopted.Jump to the next substance (in the case of th

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭672￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Input range 0.01 - 1.10 Default value 0.50 Evaluation parameters for standardCurve ty

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭673Linear interpolation y = CALC 0 + CALC 1 ⋅x≥ 2At least three points are required for being able to ge

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭674￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Evaluation startEvaluation ratio Q/Q(0) with which the calculation of the regression

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6755.6.5.6 RC calibration curve propertiesDialog window: Method ▶ Evaluation - Calibration ▶ Calibratio

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭676￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Nonlinear regres-siony = CALC 0 + CALC 1 ⋅x + CALC 4 ⋅ x4≥ 3Linear interpolation y =

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭677Buttons[OK]With this button, the data modified in the dialog window for the dis-played substance is a

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭57Oper-and1Oper-and2Result Example RemarkNumber Number Number 5 <> 4 --> 15

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭678￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1TableThe parameter decimal points and the assignment for those substancesthat have be

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭679Input range 0 - 6 Default value 3 AssignmentAssignment of the result to one of the 25 possible result

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭680￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.6.6.4 Define decimal placesDialog window: Method ▶ Evaluation ▶ Results ▶ Results

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭681Input range 0 - 6 Default value 1 Start base pointNumber of decimal places for the start base point a

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭682￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1First-order coefficientNumber of decimal places for the first-order coefficient of th

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭683the counter of the substance concentration of the added standard solu-tion (g; mol or L)Input range 0

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭684￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1RSD of the calibration factor DTNumber of decimal places for the relative standard de

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭685Result nameName of the user-defined result.UnitUnit of the user-defined result.Decimal placesDecimal

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭686￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.6.6.6 Defining the resultDialog window: Method ▶ Evaluation ▶ Results ▶ User-defin

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭687Selection g/L | mg/L | µg/L | ng/L | mol/L | mmol/L | µmol/L | nmol/L | pmol/L | mL/L | µL/L | nL/LDe

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭Table of contentsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭V3.10 Report subwindow ... 1933.10.1 Re

2.3 Formula editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭58￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1The parameter can be indicated either directly as a number or as a variableof the Number typ

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭688￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Jump to a new, empty user-defined result. The number of the line isincreased by +1 at

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭689DescriptionDisplays the description for the variable.5.6.6.8 Assign variable Dialog window: Method ▶

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭690￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1DescriptionDescription of the variable selected under Variables.5.6.6.10 Select resu

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6915.6.6.12 Define report Dialog window: Method ▶ Evaluation ▶ Results ▶ Report ▶ [Edit] ▶ New... / Pro

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭692￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Navigation bar for changing the displayed reports with the following func-tions:Jump

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭693New...Opens the Select database dialog window (see Chapter 5.6.6.14, page693).Properties...Opens the

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭694￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Buttons[Close]With this button, the data modified in the dialog window for the dis-pl

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭695Jump to the first export template. Altered data is adopted.Jump to the previous export template. Alte

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭696￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Units for resultsName Symbol UnitMass m gVolume V LMass concentration c g/LVolume con

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭697￭ The variable x is error-free.￭ The variable y is depen-dent on x and can bedescribed by the func-ti

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭59ExamplesLog(10) = 1Log('CV.AverageTemp') = Common logarithm of the value

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭698￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1In the case of most measuring instruments, the scatter is comprised of aconstant basi

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭699The errors of the individual parameters pi = a, b, c, d of the calibrationfunction used are determini

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭700￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.6.7.3 Curve results5.6.7.3.1 Substance nameVariable name RS.'Command name&ap

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7015.6.7.3.3 AreaVariable name RS.'Command name'.'Substance name'.VAR{x}.REP{y}.ARE

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭702￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.6.7.3.5 Absolute standard deviation of the areas of all replicationsVariable name

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7035.6.7.3.7 Delta of the mean values of the areas of all replicationsVariable name RS.'Command na

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭704￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.6.7.3.9 Mean value of the heights of all replicationsVariable name RS.'Comman

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7055.6.7.3.11 Relative standard deviation of the heights of all replicationsVariable name RS.'Comm

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭706￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.6.7.3.13 Start base point of the baselineVariable name RS.'Command name'

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7075.6.7.3.15 Potential of a fixed pointVariable name RS.'Command name'.VAR{x}.REP{y}.POT (if

2.3 Formula editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭60￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.12.3.4.5.6 FractionDialog window: Formula editor ▶ Operators/FunctionsSyntaxy = Frac(number)

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭708￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Unit Calibration method DT: dimensionlessCalibration method RC: dimensionlessAdditi

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭709 C(forEvaluationquantity=Area)A(forEvaluationquantity=Height)

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭710￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Remarks The units of the coefficients are dependent on the units of the x and yaxes o

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭711Unit Calibration method DT: L⁻²Calibration method RC:Concentration unit of the standard solu-tion =

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭712￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Unit Calibration method DT: L⁻⁴Calibration method RC:Concentration unit of the stand

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭713Variable Description 2RCoefficient of determination. iyy value of calibration point i. yMean value of

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭714￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1UnitSampleamount unitUnit of standard solution#g/L #mol/L #L/L#L #g/L #mol/L #L/L#g #

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7155.6.7.6.3 Absolute standard deviation of the concentration of the substancein the sampleVariable nam

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭716￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1 Variable DescriptionAREANORM Standardized area.AREA Peak area = RS.'Command nam

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭717Variable DescriptionHGTNORM Standardized height.HGT Peak height = RS.’Command name'.'Substa

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭612.3.4.5.8 Rounding integerDialog window: Formula editor ▶ Operators/FunctionsSynta

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭718￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.6.7.7.4 Unit of the effective addition volume of the standard solution forthe eval

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭719Calculation Variable DescriptionVEFF(SMPL) Effective addition volume of the added sample solutionfor

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭720￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.15.6.7.7.10 Relative standard deviation of the effective addition volume of thesample

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭721Variable DescriptionVEFFSTD Effective addition volume of the added standard solutionfor the evaluatio

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭722￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Variable DescriptionVTOT(VMS,Cal)Total volume in the measuring vessel at the moment o

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7235.6.7.7.18 Relative standard deviation of the substance concentration in themeasuring vesselVariable

5.6 Evaluation subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭724￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1The following condition applies for the evaluation ratio for the DT calibra-tion meth

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭5 Methodviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭725Variable DescriptionEffective addition volume of the suppressor solution onthe evaluation criterion.T

6.1 Configuration - General￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭726￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.16 Configuration6.1 Configuration - General6.1.1 Configuration - DefinitionProgr

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7276.1.3 Configuration - Menu bar6.1.3.1 Configuration - Main menusProgram part: ConfigurationT

2.3 Formula editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭62￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Sign('CV.AverageTemp') = Sign of the value of the common variableCV.AverageTemp2.3

6.1 Configuration - General￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭728￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.16.1.3.3 Configuration - View menuProgram part: ConfigurationChange layout...Modif

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7296.1.4 Configuration - ToolbarProgram part: ConfigurationModify layout of loaded configuration

6.1 Configuration - General￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭730￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1DisplayThe subwindows can be enlarged or made smaller to suit by dragging thesepar

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭731Templates￭ E-mail templatesOptions￭ General program properties6.1.7 Views6.1.7.1 Views - Gen

6.1 Configuration - General￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭732￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1￭ WorkplaceRun, Method, Live display 1, Curves 1￭ DatabaseDetermination overview,

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7336.1.7.3 Loading a viewDialog window: Workplace / Database / Configuration ▶ View ▶ Loadview..

6.2 Administration￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭734￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Entry 50 characters6.1.7.6 Deleting a viewFunction: Workplace / Database / Configuration ▶

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭735￭ UsersDetails regarding the user.FunctionsThe following functions can be carried out in the U

6.2 Administration￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭736￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Group membersThe table showing the group members contains information about allmembers of t

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭737No access to function(s) NOTEAll access permissions are switched on by default for the Admi

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭63Mean value = 1.001Standard deviation = 0.0111Student's t-quantiles for a proba

6.2 Administration￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭738￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Group nameName of the new group.Entry 24 charactersA new group with default settings contai

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭739NOTEDeleting user groups is only possible if the group no longer containsany users.6.2.1.3 Us

6.2 Administration￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭740￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1removedUsers with the removed status can no longer log in. If the set statusof a user is ch

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭741UserShort name of the new user that must be used to log in at program start.After the name has

6.2 Administration￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭742￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1in under Windows will be adopted as the user name. If this is the case,then all subsequent

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭743Maximum number of login attemptson | off (Default value: off)If this check box is activated, t

6.2 Administration￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭744￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1cellation of a determination with [Stop] and the emergency stop, whichare always possible f

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭745Minimum password lengthon | off (Default value: off)Activating this check box ensures that the

6.2 Administration￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭746￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1SubjectTitle for describing the message.Entry 200 charactersMessageThe message defined here

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭747Input range 1 - 65,536 Default value 110 UserName of the user for accessing the mail server. T

2.3 Formula editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭64￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1NOTEOnly the integral part is used for all parameters.A variable of the Date/Time type canno

6.2 Administration￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭748￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.16.2.3.2 Backup directories6.2.3.2.1 Backup directoriesTab: Configuration ▶ Tools ▶ Progra

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭749NOTEIf the backup directory is on a network drive, the backup date shouldbe added manually to

6.2 Administration￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭750￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1NOTEMake sure that you have read and write permission for the selecteddirectory.6.2.3.3 Cl

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭751License codeShows the entered license code.Number of clientsShows the number of clients that h

6.3 Configuration data￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭752￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.16.2.3.5 Adding licensesDialog window: Configuration ▶ Tools ▶ Program administration ▶

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭753Global Variableson | off (Default value: on)Exporting configuration data for global variables

6.3 Configuration data￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭754￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Output signalson | off (Default value: on)Exporting saved templates for output lines (s

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭755[OK]The Save dialog window for saving data, in which the name and directoryfor the export file

6.3 Configuration data￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭756￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Rack dataon | off (Default value: on)Importing configuration data for sample changer ra

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭757Sample assignment tableon | off (Default value: on)Importing a saved sample assignment table (

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭65minute 0 - 59second 0 - 59A parameter can be indicated either directly as a number

6.3 Configuration data￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭758￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1IntervalEntry of the time interval after which an automatic backup will take place.With

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭759NOTEIf the backup directory is on a network drive, then the date of thebackup should be added

6.3 Configuration data￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭760￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.16.3.3 Templates6.3.3.1 Templates - Input lines6.3.3.1.1 Managing templates for input

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭761Example: *******1 expects an active input line 0 (1 = set).NOTEWe recommend masking the irrele

6.3 Configuration data￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭762￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Selection Bit pattern with exactly 14 characters (0, 1, *,p) | **************Default va

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7636.3.3.3 Templates - E-mail6.3.3.3.1 Managing e-mail templatesDialog window: Configuration ▶

6.3 Configuration data￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭764￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Entry 1,024 charactersSenderE-mail addressE-mail address of the sender.Entry 200 charac

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭765Entry 50 characters6.3.4 Options6.3.4.1 Options - OverviewDialog window: Configuration ▶ Too

6.3 Configuration data￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭766￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1The button can be moved to any position with the left mouse buttonpressed down and is a

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭767Workplace settingson | off (Default value: off)Activates/deactivates the saving of the workpla

2.3 Formula editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭66￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.12.3.4.7 Type conversion functions2.3.4.7.1 NumberToTextDialog window: Formula editor ▶ Ope

6.4 Devices subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭768￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.16.4 Devices subwindow6.4.1 Configuration - DevicesSubwindow: Configuration ▶ DevicesDe

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭769device properties of a non-connected device can be displayed but notmodified.6.4.2 Device tab

6.4 Devices subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭770￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1NOTELines that contain red entries will also show the line number highlightedwith a red

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7716.4.2.2 Adding a new deviceMenu item: Configuration ▶ Devices ▶ [Edit] ▶ New...Devices that a

6.4 Devices subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭772￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Removes the selected column from the table.Moves the selected column upwards (modifies s

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭773PortraitOutput of the device table in portrait format.LandscapeOutput of the device table in l

6.5 Solutions subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭774￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Device nameAssignment of the required device to the command. The list of all devicesof

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭775Production dateProduction date of the solution.Dosing unitShows the dosing unit to which the s

6.5 Solutions subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭776￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1New...Add manually a new solution (see Chapter 6.5.2.2, page 776).DeleteDeletes the se

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭777Moves the selected column upwards (modifies sequence).Moves the selected column downwards (mod

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭672.3.4.7.3 TextToNumberDialog window: Formula editor ▶ Operators/FunctionsSyntaxy =

6.5 Solutions subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭778￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Solution typeSelection of the solution type.Selection Auxiliary solution | Standard so

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭779MessageMessage by e-mailon | off (Default value: off)The message is sent to the address define

6.5 Solutions subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭780￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Comment on GLP testComment regarding the GLP test.Entry 1,000 charactersMonitoring of

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭781Acoustic signalon | off (Default value: off)If this check box is activated, an acoustic signal

6.6 Dosing units subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭782￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.16.6.2 Table of dosing units6.6.2.1 Table of dosing unitsSubwindow: Configuration

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭783￭ Double-clicking on the margin between column titles:Sets the optimal column width￭ Dragging

6.6 Dosing units subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭784￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Removes the selected column from the table.Moves the selected column upwards (modif

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7856.6.3.2 Properties - Dosing unitSubwindow: Configuration ▶ Dosing units ▶ Properties... ▶ Dos

6.6 Dosing units subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭786￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Dosing rate Dosing port 1Rate at which dosing should take place via Dosing port 1.

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭78710 mL 33.0 mL/min20 mL 66.0 mL/min50 mL 166.0 mL/minNOTEEnter lower rates if you are using cap

Table of contents￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭VI￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.14.7.5 Information - Configuration ... 3624.7.6

2.3 Formula editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭68￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Characters MeaningM Monthd DayH Hour 0 - 23h Hour AM/PMm Minutes Seconda AM/PM markingNOTEIf

6.6 Dosing units subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭788￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1PortPort to be used as dosing port 2.Selection Port 1 | Port 2 | Port 3 | Port 4Def

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭789LengthLength of the tubing on the special port.Input range 0.0 - 999.9 cmDefault value 0.0 cmD

6.6 Dosing units subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭790￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.16.6.3.3 Properties - GLPTab: Configuration ▶ Devices ▶ [Edit] ▶ Properties... ▶ Pr

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭791Message by e-mailon | off (Default value: off)The message is sent to the address defined under

6.7 Sensors/electrodes subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭792￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.16.7 Sensors/electrodes subwindow6.7.1 Sensors/electrodes - GeneralSubwindow

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭793Expiry dateExpiry date of the sensor. If sensor monitoring is enabled and if the setdate is be

6.7 Sensors/electrodes subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭794￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.16.7.2.2 Sensors - Column displayDialog window: Configuration ▶ Sensors/Elect

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7956.7.2.5 Printing the sensor listDialog window: Configuration ▶ Sensors/Electrodes ▶ [Edit] ▶

6.7 Sensors/electrodes subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭796￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1NOTEThe name of the four nondeletable standard sensors Auxiliary elec-trode,

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭797Sensor monitoringon | off (Default value: off)The working life of the sensor is monitored when

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭69NOTEBoth for the automatic and explicit conversion of a Time to the Num-ber type, t

6.8 Colorimetric sensors subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭798￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Selection Record message | Display message | CanceldeterminationDefault val

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭799c0Zero-order calibration coefficient.c1First-order calibration coefficient.c2Second-order cali

6.8 Colorimetric sensors subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭800￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1If the content of a field is larger than the column width, then the entirec

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭801range, Lower limit calibration range, Calibration temperature,Calibration method, User, Calibr

6.8 Colorimetric sensors subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭802￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1PortraitOutput in portrait format.LandscapeOutput in landscape format.[OK]T

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭8036.8.3.3 Properties - Calibration dataTab: Configuration ▶ Colorimetric sensors ▶ Edit ▶ Prope

6.8 Colorimetric sensors subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭804￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1NOTEIf the Wavelength and/or the coefficients c0 to c3 have been enteredman

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭805Concentration unitConcentration unit for the lower or upper limit value of the calibrationrang

6.8 Colorimetric sensors subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭806￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Calibration data monitoringon | off (Default value: off)If this check box i

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭807ActionIf during calibration data monitoring it is found that its validity hasexpired, then one

2.3 Formula editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭70￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Characters Meaning Exampley two-digit year number 03yyyy four-digit year number 1999M one- o

6.8 Colorimetric sensors subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭808￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Monitoring coefficient of determinationon | off (Default value: off)If this

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭809Calibration dateDate and time of the calibration.Calibration methodName of the method with whi

6.8 Colorimetric sensors subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭810￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1breach of these limits does not trigger any action. The limits set on theLi

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭8116.9 Calibration data subwindow6.9.1 Calibration data - GeneralSubwindow: Configuration ▶ Cal

6.9 Calibration data subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭812￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1If the content of a field is larger than the column width, then the entireconte

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭8136.10 Common variables subwindow6.10.1 Configuration - Common variables Subwindow: Configurat

6.10 Common variables subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭814￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1UserShort name of the user who was logged in during value assignment.Next assi

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭815Print (PDF)...Output the table of common variables as PDF file (see Chapter 6.10.2.5, page816)

6.10 Common variables subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭816￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Changes the sequence of the displayed columns by moving the selectedcolumn dow

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭817TypeSelection of the type for a new common variable. For existing commonvariables, the type wi

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭71Characters Meaning Example' Quotation marks used for enteringany text '&a

6.10 Common variables subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭818￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1NOTEIn contrast to automatic value assignment, no new date is enteredwhen the

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭819[E-mail...][E-mail...] opens the Send e-mail window.Acoustic signalon | off (Default value: of

6.10 Common variables subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭820￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1￭ Red, if the values are outside the intervention limits.If the warning or int

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭8216.10.3.4 History - Limit valuesTab: Configuration ▶ Common Variables ▶ [Edit] ▶ Properties...

6.11 Global variables subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭822￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.16.11 Global variables subwindow6.11.1 Configuration - Global variablesSubwin

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭823UserShort name of the user who was logged in during value assignment.Client IDIdentification o

6.11 Global variables subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭824￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Column display...Defines the columns of the table of global variables (see Cha

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭825Changes the sequence of the displayed columns by moving the selectedcolumn upwards.Changes the

6.11 Global variables subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭826￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.16.11.3.2 Properties - Global variableTab: Configuration ▶ Global Variables ▶

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭827Entry 256 charactersAssignment dateDate and time at of last value assignment; this is entered

2.3 Formula editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭72￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1NOTEEntries of the Number type are always provided with a decimal place.Example: TextPositio

6.11 Global variables subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭828￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1MessageThe message options can only be edited if monitoring of the global vari

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭8296.11.3.3 Properties - HistoryTab: Configuration ▶ Global Variables ▶ [Edit] ▶ Properties... ▶

6.11 Global variables subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭830￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1[Limit values]Opens the Limit values for Global Variable dialog window, in whi

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭831Upper limitUpper warning limit for global variable.Input range -1.0E+99 - 1.0E+99 (max. 10 dig

6.12 Rack data subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭832￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Beaker sensorDefines the beaker sensors for the rack.DeviceShows the devices to which

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭8336.12.2.2 Adding a new rackDialog window: Configuration ▶ Rack data ▶ [Edit] ▶ New... ▶ New ra

6.12 Rack data subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭834￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.16.12.3 Rack properties6.12.3.1 Editing rack propertiesDialog window: Configuration

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭835present or not. With off, no check takes place. For the Robotic armoption, a Swing Head with b

6.12 Rack data subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭836￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Input range 0 - 235 mmTower 2Defines the lift positions for tower 2. These apply for

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭6 Configurationviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭837The following columns are displayed in the table:Special beakerNumber of the special beaker fo

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭73The parameter can be indicated either directly as a number or as a variableof the N

6.12 Rack data subwindow￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭838￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Work position Tower 1Work position of the selected special beaker at tower 1.Input ra

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭8397 Devices7.1 894 Professional CVS7.1.1 894 Professional CVS - OverviewDialog window: Configuratio

7.1 894 Professional CVS￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭840￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1This button is displayed only with devices that have their own firmware. Itis only en

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭841Time intervalon | off (Default value: off)If this check box is activated, then the request to prepar

7.1 894 Professional CVS￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭842￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Set to workShows the date on which the calibrator was activated.RemarksRemarks about

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭843Acoustic signalon | off (Default value: off)If this check box is activated, an acoustic signal will

7.1 894 Professional CVS￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭844￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Monitoring of GLP validityon | off (Default value: off)If this check box is activated

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭845If it is found during monitoring that the validity period has expired, thenone of the following acti

7.2 846 Dosing Interface￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭846￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.17.2 846 Dosing Interface7.2.1 846 Dosing Interface - OverviewDialog window: Configu

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭847FPGA versionShows the FPGA version of the device.Set to workShows the date on which the device was a

2.3 Formula editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭74￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.12.3.4.9 Miscellaneous functions2.3.4.9.1 CaseDialog window: Formula editor ▶ Operators/Fun

7.2 846 Dosing Interface￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭848￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Input range 0.1 - 999.9 hDefault value 12 hConnected devicesThis is where information

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭849Monitoring of GLP validityon | off (Default value: off)If this check box is activated, then the time

7.3 858 Professional Sample Processor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭850￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1If it is found during monitoring that the validity period has expired, t

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭851TabsThe parameters for the 858 Professional Sample Processor are set onthe following tabs:￭ GeneralG

7.3 858 Professional Sample Processor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭852￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1FPGA versionShows the FPGA version of the device.Set to workShows the da

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭853Selection offDefault value offLift rateLift rate for manual operation.Input range 3 - 25 mm/sDefault

7.3 858 Professional Sample Processor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭854￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1[Configuration]Opens the Robotic arm configuration dialog window (see Ch

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭855Input range 3 - 20 °/sDefault value 20 °/s[Rack data]Opens the Rack data dialog window (see Chapter

7.3 858 Professional Sample Processor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭856￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1External positionExternal position which is defined for the Swing Head m

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭857Time intervalon | off (Default value: off)If this check box is activated, then the request to prepar

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭75ate result will be multiplied by 26.5. If an error occurs during the compari-son (&

7.3 858 Professional Sample Processor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭858￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1GLP test dateDate of the last GLP test. This date can be selected by cli

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭859Acoustic signalon | off (Default value: off)If this check box is activated, an acoustic signal will

7.3 858 Professional Sample Processor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭860￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1value must be set according to the leaflet supplied with the robotic arm

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭861Input range -270.0 - 270.0 °Default value 60.0 °Work positionDefinition of the work position for the

7.4 919 IC Autosampler plus￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭862￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Device nameName of the device, can be freely defined by the user.Entry 50 characte

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭863NOTEWith the 858 Professional Sample Processor and the 919 IC Autosam-pler plus, the properties of t

7.4 919 IC Autosampler plus￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭864￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1815 Robotic USB Sample Processor XLInput range 100.0 - 300.0 mmDefault value 196.0

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭865Work position [mm]Work position for external position.[Edit]Opens the External position # dialog win

7.4 919 IC Autosampler plus￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭866￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.17.4.5 Properties - Starting positionTab: Configuration ▶ Devices ▶ [Edit] ▶ Prope

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭867for Move = Rack positionInput range 1 - 999 Default value 1 for Move = Special beakerInput range 1 -

2.3 Formula editor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭76￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1ASCII value(dec)Characters ASCII value(dec)Characters ASCII value(dec)Characters42 Multiplic

7.4 919 IC Autosampler plus￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭868￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Connected devicesThis is where information about the following peripheral devices

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭869Monitoring cannot be switched on until after a date has been entered inthe "GLP test date"

7.4 919 IC Autosampler plus￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭870￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Selection Record message | Display message | CanceldeterminationDefault value Disp

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭871Rotation offsetOffset from the middle of the tower to the middle of the robotic arm; nor-mally, this

7.5 814/815 USB Sample Processor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭872￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.17.5 814/815 USB Sample Processor7.5.1 814/815 USB Sample Processor - Overvi

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭873This button is displayed only with devices that have their own firmware. Itis only enabled if the de

7.5 814/815 USB Sample Processor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭874￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1ple positions (see Chapter 6.12.3, page 834) and special beakers (seeChapter

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭875Rinse positionRinse position that is valid for all four external positions and which can beapproache

7.5 814/815 USB Sample Processor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭876￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Number of positionsShows the number of positions on the rack. If no rack is i

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭877Rack positionPredefined position on the rack. The lift is lowered to the work positiondefined for th

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭77Mode of operationThe molecular formula of any given chemical compound can be entere

7.5 814/815 USB Sample Processor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭878￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1When attaching a dosing uniton | off (Default value: on)If this check box is

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭8797.5.7 Properties - GLPTab: Configuration ▶ Devices ▶ [Edit] ▶ Properties... ▶ Properties - 'De

7.5 814/815 USB Sample Processor￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭880￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Message by e-mailon | off (Default value: off)The message is sent to the addr

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭881Swing offsetSwing angle offset for specific robotic arm model. This value must be setaccording to th

7.6 Avantes Spectrometer￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭882￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.17.5.9 External positionDialog window: Configuration ▶ Devices ▶ [Edit] ▶ Properties.

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭8837.6.2 Properties - GeneralTab: Configuration ▶ Devices ▶ [Edit] ▶ Properties... ▶ Properties - &apo

7.6 Avantes Spectrometer￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭884￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.17.6.3 Properties - SettingsTab: Configuration ▶ Devices ▶ [Edit] ▶ Properties... ▶ P

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭885Number of pixelsShows the resolution with which the spectrum is recorded.7.6.5 Properties - Calibra

7.6 Avantes Spectrometer￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭886￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.17.6.6 Properties - Dark spectrumTab: Configuration ▶ Devices ▶ [Edit] ▶ Properties..

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭8877.6.7 Properties - Reference spectrumTab: Configuration ▶ Devices ▶ [Edit] ▶ Properties... ▶ Proper

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭Table of contentsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭VII5.6.3 Evaluation - Substances ... 6555.6

2.4 Editing￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭78￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.12.4.2 Text editorDialog window: Text editorThe text editor serves for entering formatted text in t

7.6 Avantes Spectrometer￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭888￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.17.6.8 Properties - GLPTab: Configuration ▶ Devices ▶ [Edit] ▶ Properties... ▶ Proper

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭889Message by e-mailon | off (Default value: off)The message is sent to the address defined under [E-ma

7.7 089 Photometer￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭890￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.17.7 089 Photometer7.7.1 089 Photometer - OverviewDialog window: Configuration ▶ Devices ▶

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭891FPGA versionShows the FPGA version of the device.Set to workShows the date on which the device was a

7.7 089 Photometer￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭892￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.17.7.4 Properties - AdjustmentTab: Configuration ▶ Devices ▶ [Edit] ▶ Properties... ▶ Prope

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭893When attaching a dosing uniton | off (Default value: on)If this check box is activated, then the req

7.7 089 Photometer￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭894￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.17.7.6 Properties - GLPTab: Configuration ▶ Devices ▶ [Edit] ▶ Properties... ▶ Properties -

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭895Message by e-mailon | off (Default value: off)The message is sent to the address defined under [E-ma

7.8 RS-232 device￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭896￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.17.8 RS-232 device7.8.1 RS-232 device - OverviewDialog window: Configuration ▶ Devices ▶ [E

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭897FPGA versionShows the FPGA version of the device.Set to workShows the date on which the device was a

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭2 General program functionsviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭79Left-justified.Centered.Right-justified.2.4.3 HyperlinkDialog window: HyperlinkThe

7.8 RS-232 device￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭898￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Stop bitNumber of stop bits.Selection 1 | 2Default value 1HandshakeType of the data transfer

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭899Input range 0 - 9,999 msDefault value 0 ms[Connect]Establishes the connection to the RS-232 device.

7.8 RS-232 device￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭900￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Next GLP testDate on which the next GLP test is to be carried out. The date can beselected b

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭901Cancel determinationThe determination is not started. The following message must be con-firmed with

7.9 Barcode reader￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭902￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Barcode reader as a deviceNOTEIf the functions for automatic data import into sample tables

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9037.9.3 Properties - GeneralTab: Configuration ▶ Devices ▶ [Edit] ▶ Properties... ▶ Properties - &apo

7.9 Barcode reader￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭904￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.17.9.4 Properties - SettingsTab: Configuration ▶ Devices ▶ [Edit] ▶ Properties... ▶ Propert

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭905Monitoring cannot be switched on until after a date has been entered inthe "GLP test date"

7.10 IO controller￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭906￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Selection Record message | Display message | CanceldeterminationDefault value Display messa

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭907￭ (see Chapter 7.10.5, page 913)Digital outputs of the IO controller.￭ (see Chapter 7.10.6, page 916

3.1 Workplace - General￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭80￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.13 Workplace3.1 Workplace - General3.1.1 Workplace - DefinitionProgram part: Workplac

7.10 IO controller￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭908￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.17.10.3 Properties - SettingsTab: Configuration ▶ Devices ▶ [Edit] ▶ Properties... ▶ Proper

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭909Delayed edgeIndication of the edge type, i.e. rising or falling.Delay timeTime that has to elapse be

7.10 IO controller￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭910￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1NOTEThe first digital input is connected to the emergency stop switchon the wet end. If the

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭911Assigned portsSelection of an output port assigned to an input port. The signal of theoutput port de

7.10 IO controller￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭912￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Message by e-mailon | off (Default value: off)The message is sent to the address defined un

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9137.10.5 Properties - Digital outputsAll recognized outputs are automatically listed on the Digital o

7.10 IO controller￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭914￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.17.10.5.1 Properties Digital outputDialog window Configuration ▶ Devices ▶ [Edit] ▶ Propert

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭915NOTEBehavior at Emergency stop:￭ All digital outputs that are not of the Type = Alarm signal are set

7.10 IO controller￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭916￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.17.10.6 Properties - Analog inputsAll recognized inputs are automatically listed in a table

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9177.10.6.1 Properties Analog inputDialog window Configuration ▶ Devices ▶ [Edit] ▶ Properties... ▶ Pr

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭81￭ ViewChanging layout, loading views, saving views, editing properties ofsubwindows.￭ ToolsRun test

7.10 IO controller￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭918￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1NOTEWith the aid of the following parameters the physical values that areapplied to the ana

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭919High level (100 %)Shows the highest analog output value with unit.0% MappingMeasured value to be use

7.10 IO controller￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭920￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Entry 50 charactersDefault value AnOut_x_y_zThe following characters must not be part of th

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭921Set default valueShows the default value which the output takes directly after starting andexiting t

7.10 IO controller￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭922￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1[Edit]Opens the Properties - 'Controller type' dialog in order to edit theselecte

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9237.10.8.1.1 General - Direct controllerThis controller type represents a direct connection between a

7.10 IO controller￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭924￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.17.10.8.1.3 General - 2-point controllerThe controller acts as a 2-point transfer element.B

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭925UnitUnit of the measured value to be used.Only editable for Control variable = calculated value, oth

7.10 IO controller￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭926￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.17.10.8.1.5 General - PID controllerThe controller acts as a PID transfer element.Transfer

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭927on onThe default setting for the two inputs P in feedback and D in feedbackis OFF. The PID controlle

3.1 Workplace - General￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭82￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Split horizontally Splits the workplace window horizontally and displays two workplaces

7.10 IO controller￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭928￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1ARWKPController amplification / controller coefficientP in feedback Input with which the in

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭929Lower limit Lower limit at which the integration is stopped and the output is limited(ARW measure).N

7.10 IO controller￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭930￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1ExampleThe aim in the given switching example is to actually remain between 7and 17 mA. To

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭931Only editable for Control variable = calculated value, otherwisegrayed out and not available for edi

7.10 IO controller￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭932￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1'Port designation'Only digital output ports of the Controller output type can bes

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭933of the control value that a PD controller causes immediately as a result ofthe D component.for Contr

7.10 IO controller￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭934￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Output parametersOutput slopefor Control task = Pump controlInput range -214,783,647.000 -

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭935Description of the mode of operationThe controller uses internally a PWM block, which is used to dri

7.10 IO controller￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭936￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Selection 'Port designation' | calculated value'Port designation'All an

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭937Input range 0% mapping of the input - 100% mapping ofthe input 'Mapping unit of the input or of

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭833.1.3.5 Help menuProgram part: Workplace / Database / Method / Configurationviva HelpOpens viva He

7.10 IO controller￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭938￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Working rangefor Control task = Digestion unitInput range 0 - Smallest distance between set

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭939for Control task = Free controllerInput range 0 - 100 %Default value 90 %Incrementfor Control task =

7.10 IO controller￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭940￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Monitoring cannot be switched on until after a date has been entered inthe "GLP test d

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭941Selection Record message | Display message | CanceldeterminationDefault value Display messageRecord

7.11 Stepping Motor Controller￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭942￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Entry 50 charactersDefault value Device type number_#Device typeShows the devic

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭943Entry xxx.xxx.xxx.xxxController IDNumber of the controller in the system. This number must be unique

7.11 Stepping Motor Controller￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭944￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1ImportImport of a text file (*.txt; *.csv) containing the port designations. Ea

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭945The port type of the first digital input is always of the Emergency stoptype and cannot be modified.

7.11 Stepping Motor Controller￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭946￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Signal processingDelayed edgeThe input signal will only be recorded with a dela

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭947ActionOnly active and editable for the Type = Level detector.If the fill level is too low and the le

3.1 Workplace - General￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭84￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1￭ RunWindow for controlling runs and entering sample data. This sub-window is permanent

7.11 Stepping Motor Controller￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭948￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Parameter 2The meaning of Parameter 2 depends on the Type set.[Edit]Opens the P

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭949Selection not defined | Pump | Stirrer | Valve | Gen. out-put | Alarm signalDefault value not define

7.11 Stepping Motor Controller￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭950￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1For Type = Stirrer:￭ 0: Duration of the switch-on pulse set to 500 ms.￭ >0:

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9517.11.6.1 Properties Stepping motorDialog window Configuration ▶ Devices ▶ [Edit] ▶ Properties... ▶

7.11 Stepping Motor Controller￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭952￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1ResetThe terminal to which the motor is connected is reset. In this process,the

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭7 Devicesviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9537.11.7 Properties - GLPTab: Configuration ▶ Devices ▶ [Edit] ▶ Properties... ▶ Properties - 'D

7.11 Stepping Motor Controller￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭954￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Message by e-mailon | off (Default value: off)The message is sent to the addres

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭8 Manual controlviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9558 Manual control8.1 Manual control - GeneralProgram part: Manual controlDefinitionThe term

8.3 Manual control - Device selection￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭956￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.18.3 Manual control - Device selectionProgram part: Manual controlIn the

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭8 Manual controlviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭957[Start]Starts the selected stirrer.[Stop]Stops the selected stirrer.Measure potentiostaticall

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭85￭ Opening a sample table￭ Editing a sample table￭ Editing sample data￭ Saving a sample table￭ Print

8.4 Manual control - Functions￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭958￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1In the case of an OCP measurement, the open-circuit potential measuredis displa

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭8 Manual controlviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9598.4.1.4 Measuring - Temperature sensorsTab: Manual control ▶ Temperature sensorsStirStirring

8.4 Manual control - Functions￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭960￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1￭ General￭ Preparing￭ Filling￭ Emptying￭ Fixed volume￭ DosingDevicesThe dosing

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭8 Manual controlviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭961[Stop]Stops preparation for the selected dosing device(s).8.4.2.4 Dosing - FillingProgram pa

8.4 Manual control - Functions￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭962￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1NOTEThe dosing rate should be reduced for viscous liquids.Selection maximumDefa

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭8 Manual controlviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭963[Fill]Starts filling of the dosing cylinder for the selected dosing device. This but-ton is o

8.4 Manual control - Functions￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭964￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1[Dosing]Starts manual dosing for the selected dosing device. Dosing continues a

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭8 Manual controlviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭965all instruments except for PhotometerInput range –15 - 15 Default value 8 Photometer onlyInpu

8.4 Manual control - Functions￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭966￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.18.4.4 Remote functionsProgram part: Manual controlIf a Remote Box or a remote

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭8 Manual controlviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭967p = set pulse (pulse length = 1 s. If a pulse with a different length is to beoutput, then a

3.1 Workplace - General￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭86￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.13.1.7 Views3.1.7.1 Views - GeneralProgram part: Workplace / Database / ConfigurationD

8.4 Manual control - Functions￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭968￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1￭ General￭ Moving￭ Assigning position￭ PumpDevicesThe changer functions can be

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭8 Manual controlviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9698.4.5.3 Sample changer - MovingProgram part: Manual controlMoving to the desired rack positi

8.4 Manual control - Functions￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭970￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Input range 0 - max. stroke path defined (235 mm) mmDefault value 126 mmSelecti

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭8 Manual controlviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭971Input range 10 - 55 °/sDefault value 55 °/s[Start]Starts moving to the target position. After

8.4 Manual control - Functions￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭972￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Work position forIf this option is selected, the current lift position is assig

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭8 Manual controlviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭973External positionSelection of the external position to which the current robotic arm posi-tio

8.4 Manual control - Functions￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭974￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Selection On/Off | DurationDefault value On/OffDurationEntry of the duration du

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭8 Manual controlviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9758.4.6 Process analysis functions8.4.6.1 Process analysis functions - OverviewProgram part:

8.4 Manual control - Functions￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭976￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1DigIn_1_2_1General inputStatus: INAC-TIVEDigIn_1_2_2General inputStatus: INAC-T

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭8 Manual controlviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭977ACTIVE INACTIVE ERRORDisplay flashes8.4.6.3 Digital outputs8.4.6.3.1 Digital outputs - Over

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭3 Workplaceviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭87￭ ConfigurationDevices, Solutions, Dosing units, Sensors/ElectrodesExport/importViews can also be e

8.4 Manual control - Functions￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭978￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Dig-Out_1_4_1Type: PumpStatus: ACTIVEDig-Out_1_4_2Type: StirrerStatus: ACTIVEDi

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭8 Manual controlviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9798.4.6.3.2 Digital outputProgram part: Manual controlIf a single digital output is selected i

8.4 Manual control - Functions￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭980￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1StatusDisplay of the current status.Selection ACTIVE | INACTIVE | ERROR[Start]S

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭8 Manual controlviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭981Start delayWaiting time in seconds or minutes before the initiated action is started.Input ra

8.4 Manual control - Functions￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭982￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1TypeDisplay of the port type.StatusDisplay of the current status.Selection ACTI

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭8 Manual controlviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9838.4.6.4 Analog inputs8.4.6.4.1 Analog inputs - OverviewProgram part: Manual controlIf the A

8.4 Manual control - Functions￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭984￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Graphical display8.4.6.5 Analog outputs8.4.6.5.1 Analog outputs - OverviewPro

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭8 Manual controlviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9858.4.6.5.2 Analog outputProgram part: Manual controlIf a single analog output is selected in

8.4 Manual control - Functions￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭986￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭viva 1.1Current ValueShows the current value.[Set]Sets the analog output to the mapping

￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭8 Manual controlviva 1.1￭￭￭￭￭￭￭￭9878.4.6.6 Stepping motors8.4.6.6.1 Stepping motors - OverviewProgram part: Manual controlIf t